HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2000-R0303 - Contract-Lubbock Building Services-Rodgers Swimming Pool ADA & Site Improvements - 08/24/2000Resolution No. 2000-R 0303
August 24, 2000
Item No. 60
RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and
directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a contract for materials and
services for Rodgers Swimming Pool ADA Renovations & Site Improvements, by and
between the City of Lubbock and Lubbock Building Services, Inc., of Lubbock, Texas,
and related documents. Said contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this
resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City
Council.
Passed by the City Council this 24th
ATTEST:
r
Kaythib Darnell, City Secretary
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
William de Haas
Competition and Contracts Manager/Attorney
gs:ccdocsRodgersSwimmingPool.res/
August 15, 2000
CONTRACT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 24" day of August, 2000 by and between the City of Lubbock,
County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so,
hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Lubbock Building Services Inc. of the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock and the
State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
BID #00-192 - RODGERS SWIMMING POOL ADA RENOVATIONS & SITE IMPROVEMENTS - $333,150.00
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract
documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with
the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
Texas in the year and day first above written.
,PPRQ1/I
ED AS TO CONTENT:
owner's epresentative
PPROVED AS TO FORM:
ty Attorney
TEST:
rpo to Secretary f
des Gaines��
CONTRACTOR:
.�.�.. .
PRINTED NAME:_JeC
■
TITLE:Pi '.i
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Lubbock Building Services, Inc.
14302 S. Slide Road, Suite B
Lubbock, Texas 79424
CITY OF LUBBOCK
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PROGRAM
SPECIFICATIONS
mmo
TITLE: RODGERS SWIMMING POOL ADA RENOVATIONS & SITE IMPROVEMENTS
ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS
PROJECT NUMBER: 9160.8304
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS
2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS
4. PAYMENT BOND
5. PERFORMANCE BOND
6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
7. HUD CERTIFICATIONS
8. CONTRACT
9. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
10. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
11. EXHIBITS
A. COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK REGULATIONS
12. CURRENT WAGE RATE DETERMINATIONS
13. SPECIFICATIONS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
No Text
j.
ji
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID #00-192
Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the
office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 3:00
o'clock p.m. on the 9th day of August, 2000, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to
furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
"RODGERS SWIMMING POOL ADA RENOVATIONS & SITE IMPROVEMENTS"
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the
Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud.
It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for
the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written.
The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 24th day of August, 2000, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th
Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all
bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with
Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price
exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000.
Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or su erior.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified
check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without
recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a
guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of
award of the contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local
conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been
thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a pre -bid conference on 2nd
day of August, 2000 at 11:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room L04, Lubbock, Texas.
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included
in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is
specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a,
P; Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the
contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to
this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in
!- consideration for an award.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and
bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a
more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806)
775-2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
CITY OF LUBBOCK
VICTOR KIL AN
PURCHASING MANAGER
Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 1625 13th Street,
Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806) 775-2167/Fax (806) 775-2164.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates.
0) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
23. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of
Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein
in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy
the City of Lubbock in regard to the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable
investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the
bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of
Lubbock reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to
satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to
complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include:
1. The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required.
2. The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified,
without delay or interference.
3. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder.
4. The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
BID SUBMITTAL
BID SUBMITTAL
LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT
DATE: August 10, 2000
PROJECT NUMBER: #00-192 - RODGERS SWIMMING POOL ADA RENOVATIONS & SITE IMPROVEMENTS
Bid of LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICES. INC. (hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a
Rodgers Swimming Pool ADA Renovations & Site Improvements
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of
the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and
supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time
set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required
under the contract documents.
_ U
MATERIALSOe, t 7i.�z, �iX o �t 1 G - a / `i r{�, 1� cep (� I_ 3 S 0 )
SERVICES. o r' e lc-� ($ �- c 00 0. )
C>0
TOTAL BID:7/,(,, � ��,t` %��%^-k,�f�, et/ �.��o-.��� C 2 (� c� (� 3 We .4� )
ALTERNATE #1: (DEDUCT) The contract shall deduct all labor and materials associated with the sandblasting and
repainting of the existing poll bowl, gutter, pool deck and pool lettering and the repainting of all existing previously paint
structures. (see section 01030-, 3.1 A.) J
MATERIALS: ` ±! j l u '? ($ % O =�
G/)
�/ / o c� J
SERVICES: A/' L h.0 �1 cv� c l ��J (� 0 V }
TOTAL ALTERNATE #1: (DEDUCT) / h �--F P.P� / �1-.� K G �,,,� �� k ��� �,, ($
ALTERNATE #2: (DEDUCT) The contract shall deduct all labor and materials associated with the new concrete wading
pool and surrounding pool deck. (see section 011030; 3.1 B.)
MATERIALS: T r �-v t . ^ w ($
SERVICES:�� x. ($ Z T, )d )
TOTAL ALTERNATE #2: (DEDUCT) $
(Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govem.)
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written
"Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 240 (TWO HUNDRED FORTY) consecutive
calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to
pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $500.00 (FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each consecutive calendar day
� 1
in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general
conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with
instruction number 21 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days
after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work or
which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payabil
without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of thE
bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all
necessary bonds (if required) within (ten) 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him.
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for n/a
Dollars ($ —0— ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of 596 of total amount bid Dollars
(S 59.1 ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the
event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned falls to execute the necessary contract documents,
insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt
of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the
undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contras
documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a
competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be
changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid
price. Therefore, any corrections to the bid price must
be made on the Bid Submittal form prior to bid opening.
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
ATTE
T��
Sete#zlry James G in
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. n/a
Date
Addenda No.
Date
Addenda No.
Date
Addenda No.
Date
M/WBE Firm:
Aut oar Signatu _,�2
r' to r Typed Name) Jerry Smith
Lubbock
Building Services, Inc.
Company
14302 S.
Slide Road, Suite B
Address
Lubbock
Lubbock
City,
County
Texas
79424
State
Zip Code
Telephone: 806/79$-7005
Fax: 806 - 798-8256
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Minority Owned
Yes
No
❑
-❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
To Be Completed by Bidder
And Attached to Bid Submittal
1, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been
reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of
Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock,
furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal.
Jerry Smith
` 5 Ih for (Signature) Contractor (Print)
CONTRACTOR'S NAME: -Lubbock Building Services, Inc.
(Print or Type )
CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS: 14302 S. Slide Road, Suite B
Lubbock, Texas 79424
Name of Agent/Broker: Butler Carson Insurance Agency
Address of Agent/Broker: 4505 82nd Street, Suite 10
City/State/Zip: Lubbock, Texas 79424
Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( 806 ) 798-7979
Date: August 9, 2000
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal anc
award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements,
please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165.
BID #00-192 - RODGERS SWIMMING POOL ADA RENOVATIONS & SITE IMPROVEMENTS
THE A.-ERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARC,- rECTS
9
AIA Document A310
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
Lubbock Building Services, Inc., 14302 Slide Rd., Lubbock, TX 79424
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
Capitol Indemnity Corporation
4610 University Ave
Madison, Wisconsin, 53705-0900 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
City of Lubbock (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
PO Box 2000, Lubbock, TX 79424
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
*** FIVE PERCENT OF BID AMOUNT *** Dollars ( 5% j
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (Here insert full name, address and description of project)
Rodgers Swimming Pool A.D.A. Renovations & Site Improvements
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee, shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee,
i in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with
good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in
the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the
Principal shall pay to the Obligee, the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such
(_ larger amount for which the Obligee, may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this
obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 9th day of August, 2000
1
e (VVit ss)
(Witne
Capitol Indemnity Corporation (Surety) (Seal)
Staci Gross (Title) Attorney -in -Fact
AIA DOCUMENT A310 - BID BOND - AIA ® - FEBRUARY 1970 ED - THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006
Printed on Recycled Paper 9/93
QD
INDEMNh I CORPORATION
4610 UNIVERSITY AVENUE, SUITE 1400, MADISON, WISCONSIN 53705-0900
PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO P.O. BOX 5900, MADISON, WI 53705-0900
PHONE (608) 231-4450 • FAX (608) 231-2029
POWER OF ATTORNEY
E- :, I-, /4
No: ��< Cam.
Know all men by these Presents, That the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a
corporation of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal offices in the City of Madison, Wisconsin, does make, constitute
and appoint
STACI J. GROSS, LAURA A. ESPINOZA, STEVE DEAL OR DONAL BOLEY
its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as surety, and as its act and
deed, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of
suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of
------------------- —---------- ------------ NOT TO EXCEED $4,000,000.00 ------------------------------------------------
This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following
Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION at a meeting duly called and held
on the 5th day of May 1960:
"RESOLVED, that the President, and Vice -President, the Secretary or Treasurer, acting individually or otherwise, be and they hereby are granted the power
and authorization to appoint by a Power of Attorney for the purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the
nature thereof, one or more resident vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and attorney(s)-in-fact, each appointee to have the powers and duties usual to such
offices to the business of this company; the signature of such officers and seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate
relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the
Company, and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with
respect to any bond or undertaking or other writing obligatory in the nature thereof to which it is attached. Any such appointment may be revoked, for cause, or
without cause, by any of said officers, at any time."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION has caused these presents to be signed by
its officer undersigned and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed duly attested by its Secretary, this 1 st day of June, 1999.
Attest:
Virgiline M. Schulte, Secretary
STATE OF WISCONSIN
COUNTY OF DANE }
CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION
\NI ITtYrCrle
Q O 9 G
`a CORPORATE
`� SEAL i JFait, President
Cof4s" \\\\Q\``
/rrnJill
t\\\
On the 1 st day of June, A.D., 1999, before me personally came George A Fait, to me known, who being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Dane, State of Wisconsin; that he is the President of
CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he
knows the seal of the said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed
by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
STATE OF WISCONSIN \\\�\PS\notnuWusicrio2s// ,� C
COUNTY OF DANE } y JANE 2 = Jane
=* F• *= ne F. Endres
ENDRES Notary Public, Dane Co., WI
T'4ny ems\\\\\\��� My Commission Expires March 23, 2003
o��iaumuma\
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, duly elected to the office stated below, now the incumbent in CAPITOL INDEMNITY
CORPORATION, a Wisconsin Corporation, authorized to make this certificate, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing
attached Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the Resolution of the
Board of Directors, set forth in the Power of Attorney is now in force.
Signed and sealed at the City of Madison. Dated the
day of ust 2000
Paul J. Brei r, Treasurer
This power is valid only if the power of attorney number printed in the upper right hand corner apears in red. Photocopies, carbon copies
or other reproductions are not bindinq on the company. Inquiries concerning this power of attornev may be directed to the Bond Manaaer at the
I 9-1vt IT, I: MiN, k a I -TORN
Bond #770786
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(PUBLIC WORKS)
(Penalty of this Bond must be 100% of Contract Amount2
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Lubbock Building Services, Inc.
(hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and Capitol Indemnity Corporation
�- (hereinafter called the Surety) as Surety, are held and firml bound unto
Y � y, y
City of Lubbock
(hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of THREE HUNDRED THIRTY THREE THOUSAND
ONE HUNDRED FIFTY AND N0/100----- ' DOLLAR {S 333,150.00 )
for the payment whereof the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs,
administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee,
dated the 24th day of August , 2000 to
Bid #00-192 Rodgers Swimming Pool ADA Renovations & Site Improvements
which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same
extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal
shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the
prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of
Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code and all liabilities on this bond shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions, conditions and limitations of said
Chapter to the same extent as if it were- copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed this instrument this
8th day of • September 3 2000
�rf
(Principal)
By
Smith President
G (Surety)
By
Staci Gross Attorney -in -Fact
�
�
Ia■§to] y & 1 |[#s 2m
�
Bond #7707$6
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
i' (PUBLIC WORKS)
(Penalty of this Bond must be 100% of Contract Amount)
i -
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Lubbock Building Services, Inc.
(hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and Capitol Indemnity Corporation
(hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
City of Lubbock
(hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of THREE HUNDRED THIRTY THREE THOUSAND
ONE HUNDRED FIFTY AND N0/100----=-- DOLLAR ($ 333,150.00
for the payment whereof the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs,
administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the obligee,
dated the 24th day of- August 1 2000 to
Bid #00-192 Rodgers Swimming Pool ADA Renovations & Site Improvements
which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same
extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal
shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and
contract documents, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force
and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of
Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code and all liabilities on this bond shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions, conditions and limitations .of said
Chapter to the same extent as if. it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed this instrument this
8th day of September , 2000
B'
B
(Principal)
Staci Gross errozney—In—,c
LA
Q 0
D
INDEMNITY CORPORATION
4610 UNIVERSITY AVENUE, SUITE 1400, MADISON, WISCONSIN 53705-0900
PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO P.O. BOX 5900, MADISON, WI 53705-0900
PHONE (608) 231-4450 - FAX (608) 231-2029
POWER OF ATTORNEY
^
� n � i
No: 5 _ _85
- Know all men by these Presents, That the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, a
corporation of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal offices in the City of Madison, Wisconsin, does make, constitute
and appoint
STACI J. GROSS, LAURA A. ESPINOZA, STEVE DEAL OR DONAL BOLEY---- ------ --
- deliver for and n its behalf, as sure and as its act- and
Its. true and lawful Attorneys) in -fact, to make, execute, seal and de e o surety,
deed, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of
suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of
---------- —--- -- ------------- ------------- NOT TO EXCEED $4,000000.00 -------------------------------------------
This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following
Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION at a meeting duly called and held
on the 5th day of May 1960:
"RESOLVED, that the President, and Vice -President, the Secretary or Treasurer, acting individually or otherwise, be and they hereby are granted the power
and authorization to appoint by a Power of Attorney for the purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the
nature thereof, one or more resident vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and attomey(s)-in-fact, each appointee to have the powers and duties usual to such
offices to the business of this company; the signature of such officers and seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate
relating, thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the
Company, and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with
respect to any bond or undertaking or other writing obligatory in the nature thereof to which it is attached. Any such appointment may be revoked, for cause, or
without cause, by any of said officers, at any time,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION has caused these presents to be signed by
its officer undersigned and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed duly attested by its Secretary, this 1st day of June, 1999.
CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION
Attest:
NITY O9 /% f41
` O GG'
Virgiline M. Schulte, Secretary 3 coRPORaTE'
SEAL z°` Geor Fait President
STATE, OF WISCONSIN'o w
r '�OjninaCON
m�it\a`"�\\
COUNTY OF DANE
On the 1 st day of June, A.D., 1999, before me personally came George A Fait, to me known, who being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Dane, State of Wisconsin; that he is the President of
CAPITOL INDEMNITY CORPORATION, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he
knows the seal, of the said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed
by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. }
STATE OF WISCONSIN mwiso,,,��
COUNTY OF DANE wise -
NE
* F * = Jane F. Endres
ENOREs Notary Public, Dane Co., WI
//tioTgRyPue`o\\\��� My Commission Expires March 23, 2003
°�oi�m�nunnn"`°
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, duly elected to the office stated below, now the incumbent in CAPITOL INDEMNITY
CORPORATION, a Wisconsin Corporation, authorized to make this certificate, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing
attached Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the Resolution of the
Board of Directors, set forth in the Power of Attorney is now in force.
Signed and sealed at the City of Madison. Dated the 8 day of e tember 2000.
CO
gI 011 qo
CORPORATE o = Paul J. Brei r, Treasurer
I B� SEAL z`
w�SCONS�N \\\Q\\
l This power is valid only if the power of attorney number printed in the upper right hand corner apears in red. Photocopies, carbon copies
or other reproductions are not binding_on the company. Inquiries concerning this power of attomey may be directed to the Bond Manager at the
No Text
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
ACORD,,,, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
0DATE (MMIDDNY)
5/10/2000
fRODUCER (806)798-7979 FAX (806)798-7888
Butler -Carson Insurance Agency
I_',
4505 82nd St, Suite 10
!Lubbock, TX 79424
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
-`4SURED Lubbock Building Services, Inc.
and Jerry Smith
P.O. Box 65600-194
Lubbock, TX 79464
INSURER A: Highlands Insurance Co
INSURERB:
INSURERC:
INSURER D:
INSURER E:
t'OVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR
LTR
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFFECTIVE
DATE MM/DD/YY
POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE MM/DD/YY
LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY
BP0201059
09/03/1999
09/30/2000
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire)
$ 300,000
CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 10,000
A
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG
$ 1,000,000
POLICY PRO LOC
JECT
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
ANY AUTO
BTA205023
09/03/1999
09/30/2000
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident)
$ 1,000,000
X
BODILY INJURY
(Per person)
$
A
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULED AUTOS
BODILY INJURY
(Per accident)
$
HIRED AUTOS
NON -OWNED AUTOS
PROPERTY DAMAGE
(Per accident)
$
GARAGE LIABILITY
AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT
$
OTHER THAN EA ACC
AUTO ONLY: AGG
S
ANY AUTO
S
EXCESS LIABILITY
BXS202551
09/03/1999
09/30/2000
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
OCCUR CLAIMS MADE
AGGREGATE
$
-A
1000000
$ 1,000,00
$
DEDUCTIBLE
$
RETENTION $
A
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
BWC799811
09/03/1999
09/30/2000
ORY LIMITS I I ER
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 500,000
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
$ 500,000
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
$ 500,000
OTHER
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS
`dditional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation endorsement on General Liability and Automobile
nd Waiver of Subrogation on Workers' Compensation in favor of the certificate holder ATIMA
f" s concerns job:00-192 ADA Renovations and site Improvements at Rodgers Swimming Pool.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER I I ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: CANCELLATION
City of Lubbock
P. 0. Box 2000
Lubbock, TX 79408
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY
OF ANY KIND UPON THE C NY, ITS G TS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENT IVE
John Carson C —
>CORD 25-S (7/97)
No Text
CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based
on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity
prior to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the
contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of
any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide
coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both
English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words
or changes:
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the
identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the
legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing
of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the
project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this
rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services.
HUD CERTIFICATIONS
SECTION 3 / STATEMENT OF WORK FORCE NEEDS
f,
CERTIFICATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
SECTION 109 OF PUB. L.100-202
REGARDING RESTRICTIONS ON THE AWARD
OF CERTAIN CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS
TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES
(a) Definitons. The definitions pertaining to this provision are those that are set forth in the clause entitled 'Restrictions
on Public Works Project."
(b) Certification. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this provision, by submission of its bid or proposal, the bidder
certifies that it -
(1) Is not a Contractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms
published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) (see paragraph (h) of this
provision);
(2) Has not or will not enter into any subcontract with a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of
countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR; and
(3) Will not provide and product of a country included on the list of foreign countries that discriminate against U.S.
firms published by the USTR.
(c) Inability to certify. A bidder unable to certify in accordance with paragraph (b) of this provision shall submit with its
offer a written explanation fully describing the reasons for its inability to make the certification.
(d) Applicability of 18 U.S.C. 1001. The certification in paragraph (b) of this provision concerns a matter within the
jurisdiction of an agency of the United States, and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may
- render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, U.S.C. 1001.
(e) Notice. The bidder shall provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time before the contract
award, the bidder learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of
changed circumstances.
(f) Restrictions on contract award. Unless a waiver to these restrictions is granted by the Secretary of Housing and
Urban Development, no contract will be awarded to a bidder (1) who is owned or controlled by a citizen or national of
a foreign country included on the list of foreign countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR,
(2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by citizens or nationals of a foreign country on the USTR list, or (3)
who incorporates any product of a foreign country on the USTR list in the public works project.
(g) Recordkeeping. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of
records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (b) of this provision. The knowledge
and information of a bidder is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the
ordinary course of business dealings.
(h) USTR list. The USTR published an initial list in the Federal Register on December 30, 1987 (53 FR49244), which
identified one country - Japan. The USTR can add countries to the list, and remove countries from it, in accordance
with section 109(c) of Pub. L. 100-202.
� f
' ` We
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
A T:
cretary James Gaines
CONTACTOR INFORMATION
TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: 2000
P.O. BOX 2000
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79457 PROJECT NUMBER
PROJECT NAME: Exbl,-r5 Swimming Pool
ADA. Rennyofions 4 Sife I=Lommenfs
1. The undersigned, having submitted a bid to the City of Lubbock for the construction of the above identified project,
certifies that:
(a) The legal name and business address (including zip code) of the undersigned is:
2. The undersigned is: - �-
(a) A single proprietorship (list sole owner).
(b) A partnership (list all partners).
(c) V A corporation (names of all principals and their titles).
President: S Ierr-V Sm'dh
Vice -President:
Secretary/Treasurer: James 6w' n6,,S
3. The Taxpayer Identification Number for the undersigned is (whichever is applicable):
(a) Employer Identification Number (Federal Identification Number):
_�5' ?_(0L4_7%q(p
(b) Social Security Number:
7g4ZLJ
2
i
4. If awarded this bid for the aforementioned project, the undersigned agrees to forward to the City of Lubbock within
ten days after the execution of any subcontractor(s) al list of all subcontractor(s) who will be employed on said
project. This list will consist of the subcontractor's legal name and business address.
r
nt or
Srrirthh Pr e ide nt
(Printedf or Typed Name)
Lubbock &J i id Inc, Sereices nc .
Company
I1-130Z S. Side road
Address
Lbbck , Lubbock
City County
-T�xos ,-7gL42-4
State Zip Code
Telephone: -�9B "-�005
- , Fax Number:
Date: Sevlember , 2000
CONTRACT
CONTRACT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 241 day of August, 2000 by and between the City of Lubbock,
County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so,
hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Lubbock Building Services. Inc. of the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock and the
State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
BID #00-192 - RODGERS SWIMMING POOL ADA RENOVATIONS & SITE IMPROVEMENTS - $333,150.00
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract
documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with
the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
Texas in the year and day first above written.
APPR _WD AS TO CONTENT:
Owner's,Representative
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
City Attorney
ATTEST:
Corp9s9te Secretary
1MR--iif % A'0'
CONTRACTOR:
WON
j
PRINTED
-_ a_-y-
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Lubbock Building Services, Inc.
14302 S. Slide Road, Suite B
Lubbock, Texas 79424
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
i
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of
Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co-
partnership or corporation, to wit Lubbock Building Services, Inc. who has agreed to perform the work embraced in
this contract, or their legal representative.
i
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
(_ referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative CRAIG WUENSCHE PARK DEVELOPMENT
COORDINATOR, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors,
architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this
agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's
Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed
Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the
Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder
for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to
herein as the "contract" or "contract documents".
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or
words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation
or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable,"
"Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's
Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
tt performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for. performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor.
7, WRITTEN NOTICE
�- Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last
business address known to the party who gives the notice.
1
A
0
HM
11.
12.
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery,
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless
otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality.
The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or
work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such
recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents
has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still
may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will
check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at
Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all
work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and
Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the
executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents
Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the
quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the
Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the
Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
13. LINES AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever Owner's Representative deems
said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract
documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary,
Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but
such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore.
The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades
will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless
destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be
replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense.
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the
authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the
contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several
kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation
to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to
the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be
conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15)
calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection
by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from
time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may
deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said
material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall
furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the
proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and
instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and
instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications
provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or
inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's
Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any
and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory
to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions
given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate
supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance
of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the
Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and
location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the
work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the
contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or
Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms
or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all
modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's
Representative and Contractor.
`".
19
K11
RE
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work
to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the
work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
CHARACTER OF WORKERS
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of
work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall
inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion,
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or
men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's
Representative's written consent.
CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution
and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it
is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection
of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the
Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such
structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public
observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be
approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at
any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any
observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to
the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject
any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of
its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative
has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without
approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for
examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at
a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or
require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to
furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons
competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated.
All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and
Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative,
be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and
approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective,
and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
4
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by
Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such
inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance
with the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not
in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written
notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy
such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial
action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit,
in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either
before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the
accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a
claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of
work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid
according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract;
otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make
such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in
said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual
expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned.
24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be
required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered
by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative
when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced,
then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the
extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged
by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for
performance of the extra work.
->, In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for
the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred,
together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other
insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by
5
them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be
kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's
Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the
type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership
Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for
the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent
(15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit,
overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not
embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office
must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall
be included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case
any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive
compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra
work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should
a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and
the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making
written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as
provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative prior to the commencement
any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the
specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that
such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these
contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in
these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a
clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's
Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands
the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance
with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative prior to bidding
of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and
specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any
request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of
bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
t?
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of
work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the
Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall
comply with such order.
t
t�
If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the
Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give
f
reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress.
6 4,
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable
precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable
provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment
and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages,
expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or
contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection
with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in
any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the
subject matter of this contract.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an
Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given
by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses,
are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to
supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change.
All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and
its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance,
rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of
payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in
conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver..
The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance
protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and
shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor,
or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance
specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured, or in the alternative,
shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular
project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the owner all proof
of coverage insurance documents including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor.
A. General Liability Insurance
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $500,000.00
Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include:
Premises and Operations
Explosion & Collapse Hazard
Underground Damage Hazard
0
B
C.
7
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Independent Contractors Coverage
Personal Injury
Advertising Injury
Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance.
For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $00 Combined Single Limit. This
policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $500,000.00 Combined Single Limit,
to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and
Nonowned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job
and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance.
Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance.
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (100% of
potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured.
Umbrella Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of ton all contracts with coverage
to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages.
Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500,000.00.
1. Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority
to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-
83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's
or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor
Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with
the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -
operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to
provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
8
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a
project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements
of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services
on the project, for the duration of the project.
The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project.
6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and
report lack of coverage.
9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services
on the project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:
9
G.
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project;
and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by
paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will
provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the
duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance
carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance
Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the
Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor
does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the
governmental entity.
Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner
for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence
of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the
insurance company setting forth:
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at
the address shown in the bid specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
10
F_
_ (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of
any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental
entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing
coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project
that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other
posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type
and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and
any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be
the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any
additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services
related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation
insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or
materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the
project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512(440-3789 to receive
information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your
employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provide coverage; "and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
to: ri
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing rill
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning
work on the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language:
"By signing this contract or providing or causing to be
provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this
contract is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the person signing this contract who will
provide services on the project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that
the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of
classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the
commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation.
Providing false or misleading information may subject the
Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties,
civil penalties, or other civil actions.";
(iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor:
t -I
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and i
(_3
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the 1
project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project
and for one year thereafter;
12
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to
the person for whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS
OF MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way,
manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of
machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract
and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived.
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of
those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five
(5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain
unpaid, in addition to any statutory retainage rights it may have, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a
sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the -sum so withheld to discharge any such
indebtedness.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device,
material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner
thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27
hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall
indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account
thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a
particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design,
device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all
of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement,
the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's
Representative prior to bidding.
13
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form,
3
the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such
laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. Contractor
hereby agrees to follow all federal, state, and local statutes, laws, ordinances and regulations. Further, Contractor
specifically agrees to abide by the federal regulations as set forth in 24 CFR Parks 570. If the Contractor observes
that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing
prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work.
In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said
time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or
local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors
perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's
Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar
as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may
enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as
though embodied herein.
33. SUBCONTRACTING
The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this
contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required
in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as
provided by the contract documents.
34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of
beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are
essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in
this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified,
then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner
may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $500.00 (FIVE HUNDRED
DOLLARS) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set
forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for
substantially completing the work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial
-
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages
the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount
agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and
is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach.
IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS
OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT.
14
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall
be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as
shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution
shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this
contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that
when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative
may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and
the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative,
schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the
Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this
project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and
has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that
it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been
delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors
employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public
enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all
justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days
of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the
extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial,
and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as
provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such
work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in
securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except
where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in
which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such
stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material
to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated
to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they
are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing
their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are
expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ
somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method,
payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project.
15
39.
40
41.
42.
PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under
this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be
liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property.
Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its officers, agents and
employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related
to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract.
PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by
the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the
bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to
receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all
expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner
and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of
Owner's Representative.
PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective
work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's
Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection
with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there
are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by
Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's
agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application
for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall
determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial
payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall
prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the
Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by
the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the
Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be
retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by
Owner under the terms of the contract documents.
Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to
enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work
performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said
partial payment is attributable.
16
43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31)
working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time,
if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's
Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding
the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete
the work within the time provided in this contract.
44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT
The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final
completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final
completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's
Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion,
Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final
completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the
obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or
_ warranties implied by law or otherwise.
45. CORRECTION OF WORK
Contractor shall remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative
promptly
on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work -or not, and
Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming
to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any
such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's
Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the
contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and
Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which
shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's
Representative.
46. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify
the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of:
(a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed.
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the
amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
_ 17
47
CLAIM OR DISPUTE
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's
Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception.
Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner
shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right
under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by
Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's
Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or
deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further
agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the
Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees
and Owner's Representative, by Contractor.
48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after
written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the
written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety
on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be
delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor,
no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required.
After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and
equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the
Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or
credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for
under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will
ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the
notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed
with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the
contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract,
equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and
supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor,
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall
be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than
the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the
Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the
sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said
Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper
having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion
of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case
of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the
cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and
remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that
which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety
shall be credited therewith.
18
In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall
have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as
- provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract
accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be,
shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of
completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would
have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract,
or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the
Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over
to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price,
and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time
designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of
the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided,
however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of
such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to
the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the
date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net
sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made
at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than
the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners.
The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent
permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in
this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its
exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies
available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in
paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth.
49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY
The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually
performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be
liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the
project which is the subject matter of this contract.
50. BONDS
The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved
Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be
in effect until such bonds are so furnished.
51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions
conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall
control.
19
52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the
work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the
prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to
direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work
covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's
work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and
vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or
effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's
Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation.
54. CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at
the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus
materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition.
In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS
Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same
may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in
any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the
Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the
'
City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a
Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in
the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project
or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts
and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least
twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and
provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If
the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5)
days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied.
j
In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper
performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage,
disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or
asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective
gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum
products or byproducts and/or asbestos.
20
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
OF THE AGREEMENT
PAYROLLS AND BASIC PAYROLL RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor and each subcontractor shall prepare their payrolls on forms satisfactory to and in accordance
with
instructions to be furnished by the Local Public Agency or Public Body. The Contractor shall submit weekly to the
Local Public Agency or Public Body two certified copies of all payrolls of the Contractor and of the subcontractors,
it being understood that the Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all
subcontractors. Each such payroll shall contain the "Weekly Statement of Compliance" set forth in Section 3.3 of
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. The payrolls and basic payroll records of the Contractor and each
subcontractor covering all laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be
maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three (3) years thereafter. Such payrolls
and basic payroll records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, his correct classification,
rate of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated of the types described in Section 1(b)(2) of the
Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. In
addition, whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal
Regulations, that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in
providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor
or subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable,
that the plan or program is financially responsible and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing
to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in
providing such benefits. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make their employment records with
respect to persons employed by them upon the work covered by this Contract available for inspection by
authorized representatives of the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the Local Public Agency or
Public Body and the United States Department of Labor. Such representatives shall be permitted to interview
employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor during working hours on the job.
2. MINIMUM WAGES (See Exhibit B: In excess of $2,000)
All laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be paid unconditionally and
not less often than once each week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such
payroll deductions as are made mandatory by law and such other payroll deductions as are permitted by the
applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to the Anti -
Kickback Act hereinafter identified), the full amount due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than
those contained in the wage determination decision of said Secretary of Labor (a copy of which is included in
Exhibit B) regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor or any
subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics. All laborers and mechanics employed upon such work shall be
paid in cash, except that payment may be by check if the employer provides or secures satisfactory facilities
approved by the Local Public Agency or Public Body for the cashing of the same without cost or expense to the
employee. For the purpose of this clause, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section
1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or
mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. Also for the
purpose of this clause, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans,
funds or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred
during such weekly period.
3. POSTING WAGE DETERMINATION DECISIONS AND AUTHORIZED WAGE DEDUCTIONS
The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, and the applicable
(_ wage determination decisions of said Secretary of Labor with respect to the various classification of laborers and
mechanics employed and to be employed upon the work covered by this Contract, and a statement showing all
deductions, if any, in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, to be made from wages actually earned by
persons so employed or to be employed in such classifications, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuous points
at the site of the work.
4. EMPLOYMENT OF LABORERS OR MECHANICS NOT LISTED IN AFORESAID WAGE DETERMINATION
DECISIONS
Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination decisions and which is to be
employed under the Contract will be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination by the Local
Public Agency or Public Body, and a report of the action taken shall be submitted by the Local Public Agency or
�_ 1
Public Body, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United States
Department of Labor. In the event the interested parties cannot agree on the proper classification or
reclassification of a particular class of laborers and mechanics to be used, the question, accompanied by the
recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing
and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for final determination.
SPECIFIC COVERAGE OF CERTAIN TYPES OF WORK BY EMPLOYEES
The transportation of materials and supplies to or from the site of the Project or Program to which this Contract
pertains by the employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor, and the manufacturing or furnishing of
materials, articles, supplies or equipment on the site of the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by
persons employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor, shall, for the purposes of this Contract, and without
limiting the geniality of the foregoing provisions of this Contract, be deemed to be work to which these Federal
Labor Standards Provisions are applicable.
6. UNDERPAYMENTS OF WAGES OR SALARIES
In case of underpayment of wages by the Contractor or by any subcontractor to laborers or mechanics employed
by the Contractor or subcontractor upon the work covered by this Contract, the Local Public Agency or Public
Body, in addition to such other rights as may be afforded it under this Contract, shall withhold from the Contractor,
out of any payments due the Contractor, so much thereof as the Local Public Agency or Public Body may consider
necessary to pay such laborers or mechanics the full amount of wages required by this Contract. The amount so
withheld may be disbursed by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, for and on account of the Contractor or the
subcontractor (as may be appropriate), to the respective laborers or mechanics to whom the same is due, or on
their behalf to plans, funds or programs for any type of fringe benefit prescribed in the applicable determination.
7. ANTICIPATED COSTS OF FRINGE BENEFITS
If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages
of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing fringe benefits under a
plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decisions of the Secretary of Labor, which
are a part of this Contract: Provided, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the
Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may
require the Contractor to set aside, in a separate account, assets for meeting the obligations under the plan or
program. A copy of any findings made by the Secretary of Labor in respect to fringe benefits being provided by
the Contractor must be submitted to the Local Public Agency or Public Body with the first payroll filed by the
Contractor subsequent to receipt of the findings.
FRINGE BENEFITS NOT EXPRESSED AS HOURLY WAGE RATES
The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall require, whenever the minimum rate prescribed in the Contract for a
class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefits which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate, and the
Contractor is obligated to pay the cash equivalent of such a fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof to be
established. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the
question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, shall be referred,
through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for determination.
9. OVERTIME COMPENSATION REQUIRED BY CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT
(76 STAT. 357-360: TITLE 40 U.S.C.. SECTIONS 327-332)
(a) Overtime requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract work
which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards,
shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any work week in which they are employed on such
work to work in excess of 40 hours in such work week unless such laborer or mechanic receives
compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times their basic rate of pay for all hours worked in
excess of 40 hours in such work week.
(b) Violation: Liability for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause
set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall
be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor
shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed
with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of the clause set forth in
paragraph (a) in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted
to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required
by the clause set forth in paragraph (a).
(c) Withholding for liquidated damages. The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall withhold or cause to
be withheld from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or any
subcontractor such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities
of such Contractor or subcontractor for liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in
paragraph (b) of this Section.
(d) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a), (b)
and (c) of this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any
lower tier subcontract which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any
further subcontracts that may in turn be made.
10. EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES/TRAINEES
(a) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when
they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.
S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State
Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of
probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program who is not individually
registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a
State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an
apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be
greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program.
Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate who is not a trainee as defined in paragraph
(b) of this Section, or is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate
determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performs. The Contractor
or subcontractor will be required to furnish to the contracting officer, or a representative of the Wage -Hour
Division of the U. S. Department of Labor, written evidence of the registration of and wage rates
(expressed in percentages of the journeymen hourly rates), for the area of construction prior to using any
apprentice on the Contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate
percentage of the journeyman's rate contained in the applicable wage determination.
(b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the
predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually
registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the U. D.
Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of
trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the
approved program for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not
registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training shall
be paid not less than the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he
actually performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to performs. The Contractor or
subcontractor will be required to furnish the contracting officer or a representative of the Wage -Hour
Division of the U. S. Department of Labor written evidence of the certification of his program, the
registration of the trainees and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in that program. In the event the
Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no
longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work
performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(c) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part
shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as
amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.
t_
11. EMPLOYMENT OF CERTAIN PERSONS PROHIBITED
No person under the age of sixteen years and no person who, at the time, is serving sentence in a penal or
correctional institution shall be employed on the work covered by this Contract.
12. REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SO-CALLED "ANTI -KICKBACK ACT'
The Contractor shall comply with the applicable regulations (See Exhibit A, attached and herein incorporated by
reference) of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, made pursuant to the so-called "Anti -
Kickback Act" of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948, 62 Stat. 862, 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967; 62 Stat. 740: Title 18
U.S.C., Section 874 and Title 40 U.S.C., Section 276c) and any amendments or modifications thereof, and shall
cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in subcontracts to insure compliance therewith by all subcontractors
subject thereto, and shall be responsible for the submission of affidavits required by subcontractors thereunder,
except as said Secretary of Labor may specifically provide for reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances and
exemptions from the requirements thereof.
13. COMPLAINTS PROCEEDINGS OR TESTIMONY BY EMPLOYEES
No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary or other labor standards provisions of this Contract are
applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the Contractor or any
subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any
proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards
applicable to his employer under this Contract.
14. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES PERTAINING TO WAGE RATES
Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to classifications of laborers and mechanics employed upon the
work covered by this Contract shall be promptly reported by the Contractor, in writing, to the Local Public Agency
or Public Body for referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary
of Labor, United States Department of Labor, whose decision shall be final with respect thereto.
15. QUESTIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN FEDERAL STATUTES AND REGULATIONS
All questions arising under this Contract which relate to the application or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid Anti -
Kickback Act, (b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid Davis -Bacon act, (d) the
regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts or (e) the
labor standards provisions of any other pertinent Federal statute, shall be referred, through the Local Public
Agency or Public Body and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United
States Department of Labor, for said Secretary's appropriate ruling or interpretation, which shall be authoritative
and may be relied upon for the purpose of this Contract.
16. BREACH OF FOREGOING FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS
In addition to the causes for termination of this Contract as herein elsewhere set forth, the Local Public Agency or
Public Body reserves the right to terminate this Contract if the Contractor or any subcontractor whose subcontract
covers any of the work covered by this Contract shall breach any of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions. A
breach of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions may also be grounds for debarment, as provided by the
applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor. A breach of Section 45 and the Federal Labor Standards
Provisions may be grounds for termination of the Contract, and for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6.
17. INTEREST OR MEMBER OF OR DELEGATE TO CONGRESS
No member of or Delegate to Congress or Resident Commissioner shall be admitted to any share of this Contract
or to any benefit that may arise therefrom, but this provision shall not be construed to extend to this Contract if
made with a corporation for its general benefit.
4
I
18. OTHER PROHIBITED INTERESTS
No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make, accept
or approve, or to take part in negotiating, making, accepting or approving any architectural, engineering,
inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with the construction of the
project shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part hereof. No officer,
employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on
behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with
the construction of the project shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any
part thereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract or any other contract pertaining to the
project.
19. SPECIAL EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PROVISIONS
A. Activities and Contracts Not Subject to Executive Order 11246. as Amended.
Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontractors under $10,000)
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
(1) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because
of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to
ensure that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall
include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer;
recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship.
(2) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for
employment, notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer setting forth the provisions of this
nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor shall state that all qualified applicants will receive
consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
(3) The Contractor shall incorporate the foregoing requirements in all subcontracts.
B. Contracts Subject to Executive Order 11246, as Amended.
(Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000)
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
(1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because
of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure
that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall
include, but not limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer,;
recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post
in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be
provided by the Contracting Officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.
(2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of
the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without
regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
(3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a
collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the
Contract Compliance Officer advising the said labor union or workers' representative of the
Contractor's commitment under this Section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous
-.- places available to employees and applicants for employment.
�_ 5
(4) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965,
and the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.
(5) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of
September 24, 1965, and the rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant
thereto, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the Department and the
Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules,
regulations and orders.
(6) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this
Contract, or with any of such rules, regulations or orders, this Contract may be canceled,
terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for
further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contract procedures authorized in
Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of
Labor, or as otherwise provided by laws.
(7) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph B(1) of
this Section, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) which follow, in every subcontract
or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor
issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such
provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such
action with respect to any subcontractor or purchase order as the Department may direct as a
means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however,
that in the event a Contractor become involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with the
Department, the Contractor may request the United States to enter such litigation to protect the
interest of the United States.
C. "Section 3" Compliance in the Provision of Training, Employment and Business Opportunities:
(Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding
10 000)
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
(1) The Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and
Urban Development Act of 1968 (1 USC 170(u)), as amended, the HUD regulations
issued pursuant thereto at 24 CFR Part 135, and any applicable rules and orders of HUD
issued thereunder. t
(2) The "Section 3" set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b) shall form part of this Contract, as set forth
in Paragraph 1 of the General Conditions, "Contract and Contract Documents." (_
(3) Contractors shall incorporate the "Section 3 clause" shown below and the foregoing
requirements in all subcontracts.
Section 3 Clause as set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b)
A. The work to be performed under this Contract is on a project assisted under a program providing
direct Federal financial assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and
is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968,
as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701 u. Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible
opportunities for training and employment be given lower income residents of the project area,
and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are
located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project.
6
f
B. The parties to this Contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations
issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and set forth in 24
CFR 135.20(b), and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder, prior to
the execution of this Contract. The parties to this Contract certify and agree that they are under
no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these
requirements.
C. The Contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he
j has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, if any, a notice advising
the said labor organization or workers' representative of his commitments under this Section 3
clause, and shall posts copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and
- applicants for employment or training.
D. The Contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract for work in connection with
the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal financial assistance,
take appropriate action pursuant to a subcontract upon a finding that a Subcontractor is in
violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, 24 CFR
135.20 (b). The Contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the Contractor has
notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of regulations under 24
CFR 135.20 (b), and will not let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has first provided said
Contractor with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these
regulations.
E. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR 135.20 (b), and
all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the
Contract, shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided tot he project, binding
upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors and assigns. Failure to fulfill
theses requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its
successors and assigns to those sanctions specified by the grant or loan agreement or contract
through which Federal assistance is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR
135.20(b).
20. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AIR AND WATER ACTS
(Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $100,000)
Compliance with Air and Water Acts
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the requirements
of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 USC 1857 et seq., and the Federal water Pollution Control Act, as amended,
33 USC 1251 et seq., and the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency with respect thereto, at 40 CFR
Part 15, as amended.
In addition to the foregoing requirements, all non-exempt contractors and subcontractors shall furnish to the
Owner the following:
(1) A stipulation by the Contractor or subcontractors that any facility to be utilized in the performance of any
nonexempt contract or subcontract is not listed on the List of Violating Facilities issued by the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20.
(2) An agreement by the Contractor to comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act,
as amended, (42 USC 1857c-8) and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended,
(33 USC 1318) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports and information, as well as all other
requirements specified in said Section 114 and Section 308, and all regulations and guidelines issued
thereunder.
(3) A stipulation that as a condition for the award of the Contract, prompt notice will be given of any
notification received from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility utilized, or
to be utilized for the contracts, is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities.
(4) An agreement by the Contractor that he will include, or cause to be included, the criteria and requirements
inparagraphs 1 throu h 4 of this Section in eve nonexempt subcontract and requiring that the
() g () every P q 9
Contractor will take such action as the Government may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions.
21. SPECIAL CONDITIONS PERTAINING TO HAZARDS SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION
A. Lead -Based Pain Hazards
(Applicable to contracts and related subcontracts for construction or rehabilitation of residential structures
exceeding $100,000)
The construction or rehabilitation of residential structures is subject to the HUD Lead -Based Paint
regulations, 24 CFR Part 35. The Contractor and subcontractors shall comply with the provisions for the
elimination of lead -based paint hazards under sub -part B of said regulations. The Owner will be
responsible for the inspections and certifications required under Section 35.14(f) thereof.
B. Use of Explosives
The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the
Contractor from the City. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the
Contractor shall observe all local, state and Federal laws in purchasing and handling explosives. The
contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect completed work, neighboring property, water
lines or other underground structures. Where there is danger to structures or property from blasting, the
charges shall be reduced and the material shall be covered with suitable timber, steel or rope mats.
The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utility property of his intention to use explosives at least
eight hours before blasting is done close to such property. Any supervision or direction of use of
explosives by the Engineer does not in any way reduce the responsibility of the Contractor or his Surety
for damages that may be caused by such use.
C. Danger Signals and Safety Devices
The Contractor shall make all necessary precautions to guard against damages to property and injury to
persons. He shall put up and maintain in good condition sufficient red or warning lights at night, suitable
barricades and other devices necessary to protect the public. In case the Contractor fails or neglects to
take such precautions, the Owner may have such lights and barricades installed and charge the cost of
this work to the Contractor. Such action by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of any liability
incurred under these specifications or Contract.
22. NONDISCRIMINATION AGAINST THE HANDICAPPED - SECTION 504
The Contractor shall not discriminate against any otherwise qualified handicapped employee or applicant for
employment solely by reason of his handicap. The Contractor shall comply with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973 (P.L. 93-112) as amended (129 U.S.C.A. section 794).
C
I
L
i
j_
EXHIBITS
A. COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK REGULATIONS
ATTACHMENT TO FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS
t;
SO-CALLED "ANTI -KICKBACK ACT' AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED
r PURSUANT THERETO BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR,
1 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
TITLE 18, U.S.C., SECTION 874
(Replaces Section 1 of the Act of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948, 40 U.S.C., Sec. 276b) pursuant to the Act of June 25, 1948,
62 Stat. 862)
KICKBACKS FROM PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYEES
Whoever, by force, intimidation, or threat of procuring dismissal from employment, or by any other manner
whatsoever induces any person employed in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of any public building,
public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States to give up any part of
the compensation to which he is entitled under his contract of employment, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or
imprisoned not more than five years, or both.
SECTION 2 OF THE ACT OF JUNE 13, 1934, AS AMENDED (48 Stat. 948,62 Stat. 862, 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967,40
U.S.C., Sec. 276c)
The Secretary of Labor shall make reasonable regulations for contractors and subcontractors engaged in the
construction, prosecution, completion or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or work finance din whole or in
part by loans or grants from the United States, including a provision that each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish
weekly a statement with respect to the wages paid each employee during the preceding week. Section 1001 of Title 18
(United State Code) shall apply to such statements.
---XXX---
Pursuant to the aforesaid Anti -Kickback Act, the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, has
promulgated the regulations hereinafter set forth, which regulations are found in Title 29, Subtitle A, Code of Federal
Regulations, Part 3. The term "this part," as used in the regulations hereinafter set forth, refers to Part 3 last above
mentioned. Said regulations are as follows:
TITLE 29 - LABOR
Subtitle A - Office of the Secretary of Labor
PART 3 - CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ON PUBLIC BUILDING OR PUBLIC WORK FINANCED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART BY LOANS OR GRANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES
Section 3.1 Purpose and scope.
` This part prescribes "anti -kickback" regulations under Section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934, as amended
(40 U.S.C. 276c), popularly known as the Copeland Act. This part applies to any contract which is subject
to Federal wage standardsand which is for the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of public
buildings, public works or buildings or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United
States. The part is intended to aid in the enforcement of the minimum wage provisions of the Davis -
Bacon Act and the various statutes dealing with Federally -assisted construction that contain similar
minimum wage provisions, including those provisions which are not subject to Reorganization plan No. 14
- (e.g., the College Housing Act of 1950, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Housing Act of
1959), and in the enforcement of the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours Standards Act
whenever they are applicable to construction work. The part details the weekly submission of statements
regarding the wages paid on work covered thereby; sets forth the circumstances and procedures
governing the making of payroll deductions from the wages of those employed on such work; and
delineates the methods of payment permissible on such work.
Section 3.2 Definitions.
As used in the regulation in this part: I
(a) The terms "building" or "work" generally includes construction activity as distinguished from
manufacturing, furnishing of materials, or servicing and maintenance work. The terms include, without
limitation, buildings, structures, and improvements of all types, such as bridges, dams, plants, highways,
parkways, streets, subways, tunnels, sewers, mains, power lines, pumping stations, railways, airports,
terminals, docks, piers, wharves, ways, lighthouses, buoys, jetties, breakwaters, levees, and canals;
dredging, shoring, scaffolding, drilling, blasting, excavating, clearing, and landscaping. Unless conducted
in connection with and at the site of such a building or work as is described in the foregoing sentence, the
manufacture or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment (whether or not a Federal or State
agency acquires title to such materials, articles, supplies, or equipment during the course of the
manufacture or furnishing, or owns the materials from which they are manufactured or furnished) is not a
"building" or "work" within the meaning of the regulations in this part.
(b) The terms "conditions", "prosecution", "completion", or "repair" mean all types of work done on a
particular building or work at the site thereof, including, without limitation, altering, remodeling, painting
and decorating, the transporting of materials and supplies to or from the building or work by the
employees of the construction contractor or construction subcontractor, and the manufacturing or
furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site of the building or work, by persons
employed at the site by the contractor or subcontractor.
(c) The terms "public building" or "public work" include building or work for whose construction,
prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above, a Federal agency is a contracting party, regardless
of whether title thereof is in a federal agency.
(d) The term "building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States"
includes building or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above,
payment or part payment is made directly or indirectly from funds provided by loans or grants by a Federal
agency. The term does not include building or work for which Federal assistance is limited solely to loan
guarantees or insurance.
(e) Every person paid by a contractor or subcontractor in any manner for his labor in the construction,
prosecution, completion, or repair of a public building or public work or building or work financed in whole
or in part by loans or grants from the United States is "employed" or receiving "wages", regardless of any
contractual relationship alleged to exist between him and the real employer.
(f) The term "any affiliated person" includes a spouse, child, parent, or other close relative of the
contractor or subcontractor, a partner or officer of the contractor or subcontractor, a corporation closely
connected with the contractor or subcontractor as parent, subsidiary or otherwise, and an officer or agent
of such corporation.
(g) The term "Federal agency" means the United States, the District of Columbia, and all executive
departments, independent establishments, administrative agencies, and instrumentality's of the United
States and of the District of Columbia, including corporations, all or substantially all of the stock of which
is beneficially owned by the United States, by the District of Columbia, or any of the foregoing
departments, establishments, agencies, and instrumentality's.
Section 3.3 Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages.
(a) As used in this section, the term "employee" shall not apply to persons in classifications higher than
that of laborer or mechanic and those who are the immediate supervisors of such employees.
(b) Each contractor or subcontractor engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of
any public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants form
the United States, shall furnish each week a statement with respect to the wages paid each of its
employees engaged on work covered by 29 CFR Parts 3 and 5-during the preceding weekly payroll
period. This statement shall be executed by the contractor or subcontractor or by an authorized officer or
employee of the contractor or subcontractor who supervises the payment of wages, and shall be on form
11
WH 348 "Statement of Compliance", or on an identical form on the back of WH 347, 'Payroll (For
Contractors Optional Use)" or on any form with identical wording. Sample copies of WH 347 and WH 347
and WH 348 may be obtained from the Government contracting or sponsoring agency, and copies of
these forms may be purchased at the Government Printing Office.
(c) The requirements of this section shall not apply to any contract of $2,000 or less.
(d) Upon a written finding by the head of a Federal agency, the Secretary of Labor may provide
reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances, and exemptions from the requirements of this section
subject to such conditions as the Secretary of Labor may specify.
(29 F.R. 95, Jan. 4, 1964, as amended at 33 F.R. 10186, July 17, 1968)
Section 3.4 Submission of weekly statements and the preservation and inspection of weekly payroll records.
(a) Each weekly statement required under Section 3.3 shall be delivered by the contractor or
subcontractor, within seven days after the regular payment date of the payroll period, to a representative
of a Federal or State agency in charge at site of the building or work, or, if there is nor representative of a
Federal or State agency at the site of the building or work, the statement shall be mailed by the contractor
or subcontractor, within such time, to a Federal or state agency contracting for or financing the building or
work. After such examination and check as may be made, such statement, or a copy thereof, shall be
kept available, or shall be transmitted together with a report of any violation, in accordance with applicable
procedures prescribed by the United States Department of Labor.
(b) Each contractor or subcontractor shall preserve his weekly payroll records for a period of three years
from date of completion of the contract. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the
name and address of each laborer and mechanic, his correct classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly
number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Such payroll records shall be made
available at all times for inspection by the contracting officer or his authorized representatives of the
Department of Labor.
Section 3.5 Payroll deductions permissible without application to or approval of the Secretary of Labor.
Deductions made under the circumstances or in the situations described in the paragraphs of this section
may be made without application to and approval of the Secretary of Labor:
(a) Any deduction made in compliance with the requirements of Federal, State, or local law, such as
Federal or State withholding income taxes and Federal social security taxes.
(b) Any deduction of sums previously paid to the employee as a bona fide prepayment of wages when
such prepayment is made without discount or interest. A "bona fide prepayment of wages" is considered
to have been made only when cash or its equivalent has been advanced to the person employed in such
manner as to give him complete freedom of disposition of the advanced funds.
(c) Any deduction of amounts required by court process to be paid to another, unless the deduction is in
favor of the contractor, subcontractor or any affiliated person, or when collusion or collaboration exists.
(d) Any deductions constituting a contribution on behalf of the person employed to funds established by
the employer or representatives of employees, or both, for the purpose of providing either form principal or
income, or both, medical or hospital care, pensions or annuities on retirement, death benefits,
compensation for injuries, illness, accidents, sickness, or disability, or for insurance to provide any of the
foregoing, or unemployment benefits, vacation pay, savings accounts, or similar payments for the benefit
of employees, their families and dependents: Provided, however, that the following standards are met:
(1) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; (2) it is either: (1) Voluntarily consented to by the
employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not
a condition either for the obtaining of or for the continuation of employment, or (ii) provided for in a bona
fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its
employees; (3) no profit or other benefit is otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, by the contractor or
subcontractor or any affiliated person in the form of commission, dividend, or otherwise; and (4) the
deductions shall serve the convenience and interest of the employee.
(e) Any deduction contributing toward the purchase of United States Defense Stamps and Bonds when
voluntarily authorized by the employee.
(f) Any deduction requested by the employee to enable him to repay loans to or to purchase shares in
credit unions organized and operated in accordance with Federal and State credit union statutes.
(g) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to governmental
or quasigovernmental agencies, such as the American Red Cross.
(h) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to community
Chests, United Givers Funds, and similar charitable organizations.
(i) Any deduction to pay regular union initiation fees and membership dues, not including fines or special
assessments: Provided, however, that a collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or
subcontractor and representatives of its employees provides for such deductions and the deductions are
not otherwise prohibited by law.
0) Any deduction not more than for the "reasonable cost' of board, lodging, or other facilities meeting the
requirements of section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and Part 531 of this
title. When such a deduction is made the additional records required under Section 516.27(a) of this title
shall be kept.
Section 3.6 Payroll deductions permissible with the approval of the Secretary of Labor.
Any contractor or subcontractor may apply to the Secretary of Labor for permission to make any
deduction not permitted under Section 3.5. The Secretary may grant permission whenever he finds that:
(a) The contractor, subcontractor, or any affiliated person does not make a profit or benefit directly or -j
indirectly form the deduction either in the form of a commission, dividend, or otherwise'
(b) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law;
(c) The deduction is either (1) voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the
period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not a condition either for the obtaining of
employment or its continuance, or (2) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between
the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; and
(d) The deduction serves the convenience and interest of the employee.
Section 3.7 Applications for the approval of the Secretary of Labor.
Any application or the making of payroll deductions under Section 3.6 shall comply with the requirements
prescribed in the following paragraphs of this section:
(a) The application shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Secretary of Labor.
(b) The application shall identify the contract or contracts under which the work in question is to be
performed. Permission will be given for deductions only on specific, identified contracts, except upon a
showing of exceptional circumstances.
(c) The application shall state affirmatively that there is compliance with the standards set forth in the
provisions of Section 3.6. The affirmation shall be accompanied by a full statement of the facts indicating
such compliance.
(d) The application shall include a description of the proposed deduction, the purpose to be served
thereby, and the classes of laborers or mechanics form whose wages the proposed deduction would be
made.
4
(e) The application shall state the name and business of any third person to whom any funds obtained
from the proposed deductions are to be transmitted and the affiliation of such person, if any, with the
applicant.
Section 3.8 Action by the Secretary of Labor upon applications.
The Secretary of Labor shall decide whether or not the requested deduction is permissible under
provisions of Section 3.6; and shall notify the applicant in writing of his decision.
Section 3.9 Prohibited payroll deductions.
Deductions not elsewhere for by this part and which are not found to be permissible under Section 3.6 are
prohibited.
Section 3.10 Methods of payment of wages.
The payment of wages shall be by cash, negotiable instruments payable on demand, or the additional
forms of compensation for which deductions are permissible under this part. Not other methods of
payment shall be recognized on work subject to the Copeland Act.
Section 3.11 Regulations part of contract
All contracts made with respect to the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public
building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United
States covered by the regulations in this part shall expressly bind the contractor or subcontractor to
comply with such of the regulations in this part as may be applicable. In this regard, see Section 5.5 (a) of
this subtitle.
5
No Text
CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
GENERAL DECISION TX000015 02/11/00 TX15
General Decision Number TX000015
Superseded General Decision No. TX990015
State: TEXAS
Construction Type:
BUILDING
County(ies):
LUBBOCK
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential
construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up
to and including 4 stories). (Use current heavy & highway
general wage determination for Paving & Utilities Incidental to
Building Construction).
Modification Number Publication Date
0 02/11/2000
COUNTY(ies):
LUBBOCK
CARP1884A 07/01/1993
Rates
Fringes
CARPENTERS
12.50
2.73
MILLWRIGHTS
----------------------------------------------------------------
13.00
2.73
ELECO850A 05/29/1997
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIANS
----------------------------------------------------------------
15.25
3.20+3.75%
PLUM0629A 06/01/1999
Rates
Fringes
PLUMBERS
----------------------------------------------------------
17.00
3.25
SFTX0669A 01/01/2000
Rates
Fringes
SPRINKLER FITTERS
----------------- ---------------------20-62----_------5-95------
SUTX2048A 03/16/1992
Rates
Fringes
ACOUSTICAL CEILING AND DRYWALL
MECHANICS
10.00
.25
BRICKLAYERS
11.74
GLAZIERS
9.50.
LABORERS
5.95
- LATHERS
11.17
MASON TENDERS
6.25
PAINTERS
10.50
PLASTERERS
11.17
s POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
Backhoe
10.50
.42
ROOFERS
9.71
SHEET METAL WORKERS (Including
duct work)
8.80
.69
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for the craft performing
operation to which welding is incidental.
-----------------------------------------------------------
I. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the
1 of 2 7/7/00 8:42 AM
WARS Uocutnen[ Keirievai
uup:unepnine.[eaworna.gvvicgi-ui...1» 10.144:-vTuc�.�awacuvu-re�neve
scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only
as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR?5.5(a
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch
of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage payment
data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the
-, requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review
Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
1.
Administrative Review Board
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
( END OF GENERAL DECISION
2 of 2 7/7/00 8:42 AM
GENERAL DECISION TX000028 02/11/00 TX28
General Decision Number TX000028
Superseded General Decision No. TX990028
State: TEXAS
Construction Type:
HEAVY
HIGHWAY
County(ies):
ECTOR POTTER TOM GREEN
LUBBOCK RANDALL
MIDLAND TAYLOR
HEAVY (excluding tunnels & dams) and HIGHWAY PROJECTS (does not
include building structures in rest area projects).
Modification Number Publication Date
0 02/11/2000
COUNTY(ies):
ECTOR POTTER
TOM GREEN
LUBBOCK RANDALL
MIDLAND TAYLOR
SUTX2037A 03/26/1998
Rates
ASPHALT HEATER OPERATOR
7.27
ASPHALT RAKER
7.27
CARPENTER
9.23
CONCRETE FINISHER -PAVING
9.90
CONCRETE FINISHER STRUCTURES
8.81
ELECTRICIAN
13.72
FLAGGER
6.56
FORM BUILDER -STRUCTURES
9.00
FORM SETTER - PAVING & CURB
8.30
FORM SETTER -STRUCTURES
8.83
LABORER -COMMON
6.79
LABORER UTILITY
8.46
MECHANIC
10.28
SERVICER
7.82
PIPE LAYER
8.70
ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR OPERATOR
8.54
ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE
9.50
BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR
7.17
BULLDOZER
8.74
SLIPFORM MACHINE OPERATOR
9.00
k
CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE
DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL
9.67
FRONT END LOADER
8.09
MOTOR GRADER OPERATOR
-' FINE GRADE
11.58
MOTOR GRADER
10.47
( PLANER OPERATOR
10.46
ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL PLANT
- MIX PAVEMENTS
7.32
ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL OTHER,
FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING
6.79
ROLLER, PNEUMATIC SELF-PROPELLED
6.79
-- SCRAPER
7.55
TRACTOR -CRAWLER TYPE
9.16
TRACTOR - PNEUMATIC
7.86
TRAVELING MIXER
8.46
REINFORCING STEEL SETTER
PAVING
10.00
Fringes
1 of 3 7/7/00 8:40 AM
WA1J Uocument Ketnevat
nupaineptune.teowona.govicgi-ui... I>> i L-v-va:watsacaon=retrieve
REINFORCING STEEL SETTER
STRUCTURES
11.48
SPREADER BOX OPERATOR
7.33
WORK ZONE BARRICADE
6.79
TRUCK DRIVER -SINGLE AXLE LIGHT
6.91
TRUCK DRIVER -SINGLE AXLE HEAVY
8.20
TRUCK DRIVER -TANDEM AXLE SEMI
TRAILER
7.13
TRUCK DRIVER-LOWBOY/FLOAT
8.87
WELDER
11.83
(----------------------------------------------------------------
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the
scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only
as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR?5.5(a
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch
of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage payment
data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the
requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review
Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
2 of 3 7/7/00 8:40 AM
__r.____r.-_._.._..--.-0-.._`_ __.____ __
Washington, D. C. 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
7/7/00 8:40 AM
SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INDEX
CITY OF LUBBOCK
RODGERS SWIMMING POOL
ADA RENOVATIONS INCLUDING SITE IMPROVEMENTS
3200 BATES STREET, LUBBOCK, TEXAS
M
INDEX
Section Number
Section Title
Pages
Technical Specifications Index
1
DIVISION
1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section
01010
Special Conditions
6
01030
Alternates
2
01050
Final Cleaning
2
01300
Submittals
5
01700
Contract Closeout
4
01740
Warranties
2
DIVISION
2
SITEWORK
Section
02071
Selective Demolition
4
02110
Site Clearing
2
02200
Earthwork
6
02513
Asphalt Concrete
5
02514
Concrete Curbs, Walks And Paving
4
DIVISION
3
CONCRETE
Section
03300
Concrete Work
12
DIVISION
4
MASONRY
Section
04200
Unit Masonry
4
DIVISION
5
METALS
Section
05500
Metal Fabrications
5
DIVISION
6
WOOD AND PLASTICS
Section
06100
Rough Carpentry
3
DIVISION
7
THERMAL AND
MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section
07900
Caulking And Sealants
5
DIVISION
8
DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section
08114
Custom Steel Doors And Frames
4
08710
Finish Hardware
4
DIVISION
9
FINISHES
Section
09900
Painting
8
DIVISION
10
SPECIALTIES
Section
10425
Specialty Signs
2
DIVISION
11
EQUIPMENT -
Omitted
DIVISION
12
FURNISHINGS
- Omitted
DIVISION
13
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - Omitted
Section
13152
Swimming Pool Rails and Ladders
2
DIVISION
14
CONVEYING SYSTEMS
- Omitted
DIVISION
15
MECHANICAL
Section
15000
General Provisions Mechanical &
Electrical 7
15100
Plumbing
3
15200
Pool Filtration And Circulation
System 3
DIVISION
16
ELECTRICAL
Section
16000
Electrical - Pool Bonding
3
End of Index
SECTION 01010 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Project consists of ADA Renovations Including Site Improvements for
Rodgers Swimming Pool.
1. Project Location: 3200 Bates Street, Lubbock, Texas
2. Owner: The City of Lubbock
3. Architect's Project Number: 00-005
B. Contract Documents were prepared for the Project by:
1. Fanning, Fanning & Associates, Inc.
2555 - 74th Street, Lubbock, Texas 79423
Voice (806) 745 - 2533
Fax (806) 745 - 3596
2. Stiles & Stiles, Architects
3307 Avenue X, Lubbock, Texas 79411
Voice (806) 795 - 6431
Fax (806) 797 - 1013
3. RTR Engineers, Inc.
2574 74th Street, Suite 202, Lubbock, Texas 79423
Voice (806) 745 - 4881
Fax (806) 745 - 9688
C. The Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, transportation, apparatus,
light, energy, scaffolding and tools necessary for the entire proper and
substantial completion of the work and shall install, maintain and remove
all equipment of construction and other utensils or things and be
responsible for the safe, proper and lawful construction maintenance and use
of same, and shall construct in the best and most workmanlike manner these
improvements and everything properly incidental thereto, as shown on
Drawings, stated in Specifications or reasonably implied therefrom or in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
D. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.3 WORK SEQUENCE AND TIME OF COMPLETION
A. Adherence to the Work Sequence and Time of Completion shall be a strict
condition of this Contract.
B. Work on all areas of the project shall begin with a "Notice To Proceed"
issued by The City of Lubbock.
1. The time of completion for the total project shall be 240 consecutive
calendar days as set forth in the "Notice To Proceed".
2. A "Certificate of Substantial Completion" shall be issued at the
completion of the project.
C. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner in phasing and scheduling the
Work so to allow for the following:
01010 - 1
1.16
PERMITS AND LAWS
A.
The Contractor shall comply with
all Federal, State and Municipal Laws,
Codes and Ordinances applicable to
the work of this contract, and he shall
also comply with all regulations of
the National Board of Fire Underwriters
having jurisdiction, and he shall
obtain and pay for all permits required
in connection with the execution
of his work. The Architect shall be
furnished with certified copies of
these permits if requested.
B.
If the above Laws, Codes or Ordinances conflict with the Contract Documents,
then the laws, codes or ordinances
shall govern instead of the documents,'
except in such cases where the
documents exceed them in quality of
materials, or labor; then the documents shall be followed.
1.17
PROJECT MEETINGS
A. Preconstruction Conference: Prior to the Contractor beginning work at the
site, the Architect will hold a preconstruction conference at a time and
place to be established by the Architect.
B. Project Briefings: Each month, the Contractor shall brief the Owner and
Architect on project progress during the preceding period. Any slippage in
schedule shall be discussed during the briefings.
1. Briefings shall be held at a time and place established by the
Architect.
1.18 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES
A.
The Contractor will be allowed to use existing power and water available at
the site for construction purposes without charge. The Contractor shall
verify the location of such services and make all necessary payments,
arrangements and connections for temporary utilities.
B.
The Contractor shall provide adequate temporary lighting as needed in the
building for all trades.
C.
Job Office: Contractor shall maintain a job office and storage facilities
as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work.
D.
Telephone: Contractor shall be responsible for his own telephone. The
1
Contractor shall provide and pay for a telephone at the building site in
order to expedite his work. Local telephone service shall be made available
to all persons connected with the work. Use of Owner's telephone is
prohibited.
E.
Toilets: The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order temporary
toilets on the site. Toilet shall be an approved chemical type. Toilets
shall be completely enclosed and of neat appearance. Toilet locations shall
be approved by the Architect. Use of Owner's toilets is prohibited.
F.
Temporary Heat and Ventilation: Provide temporary heat and ventilation as
required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate
progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the
installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage
due to temperature or humidity.
G.
Cover trenches and holes when not in use. Erect barriers at changes in plane
steeper than 45 degrees and more than 3 feet in height.
H.
Provide facilities to exclude unauthorized visitors from the construction_
site. Provide personal safety equipment for authorized visitors. Provide
temporary doors with locks where required.
LJ
I.
Provide and maintain warning lights and signs as necessary to prevent damage'
or injury. Keep warning lights burning from dusk to dawn.
01010 - 4'
1.19 TEMPORARY CONTROL OF WEEDS AND OTHER MATERIALS
A. Weed Control: The Contractor shall keep the streets and construction area
free of weeds. Weeds shall be kept to a height of no more than 12 inches to
comply with the City Ordinances.
1.20 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall remove all combustible and non-combustible waste
materials completely from the Owner's property and legally dispose of same.
B. Burning of any materials will not be permitted within the boundaries of the
Owner's property.
1.21 DAILY SITE CLEANUP
A. The Contractor shall, on a daily basis, have all loose, discarded, material
debris and packaging materials picked up and placed in a proper trash
receptacle for removal from the site.
B. The interior space shall have all construction debris picked up and held in
designated area so as not to interfere with daily work progress.
1.22 FIRE PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor, subcontractors, and their personnel are required to be in
compliance with the fire protection and prevention requirements of the
Occupational Safety and health Act for Construction. Fire extinguishers
shall be available at all times while work is being performed. The number
and type are to be as specified in Subpart F of OSHA. The Contractor is
required to furnish his own extinguishers.
B. Waste combustible materials shall not be allowed to accumulate at the work
site and shall be removed from the site and disposed on a regular basis.
1.23 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENT
A. Signs: No signs or advertisements will be permitted without approval of the
Architect.
1.24 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
A. Storage And Protection: The Contractor shall carefully consider material
storage, so as to avoid interference with other phases of construction.
B. He shall so store, pile and arrange his materials that they will not be
injured by the elements, by the progress of erection, by contact with the
ground or from any other cause. He shall provide and do all covering
necessary for this purpose and shall remove from the premises any damaged
materials when so directed by the Architect.
C. The Owner will designate an area immediately adjacent to the Building site
for storage of materials. Storage area shall be fenced to keep unauthorized
persons from having access to area.
1.25 STORM WATER DISCHARGE PERMIT
A. A NPDES (National Pollution Discharge Elimination System) Permit for storm
water discharges from the construction site is required for this project.
B. The General Contractor is responsible for complying with all EPA regulations
as published in the Wednesday, September 9, 1992 Federal Register, Volume
57, Number 175.
C. The General Contractor is responsible for providing all of the services and
paying all of the fees required to obtain the NPDES Permit, including the
certification that a storm water pollution prevention plan has been prepared
01010 - 5
for this project. t
D. The General Contractor is responsible for implementing the services and work
required by the Permit during the duration of the project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 01010
01010 - 6
1, SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing
Alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the
Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be
added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept
a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed,
or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods
described in the Contract Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or
deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the
Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to
completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory
objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete
installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each
party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate
whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later
consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications
to alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this
Contract.
D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this
Section. Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain
requirements for materials necessary to achieve the Work described under
each alternate.
E. The Alternates will be considered by the Owner and may, or may not, be
accepted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
01030 - 1
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. 1: The Bidder shall state on the Proposal form the lump sum
amount to be DEDUCTED from the Base Bid if ALL work for the following items
is DELETED as part of this contract:
1. Sandblasting and repainting of existing swimming pool bowl including
gutter, pool deck and pool deck letterings.
2. Repainting of all existing structures (exterior and interior), fences
and other previously painted surfaces.
3. For clarification, the painting of new construction items shall not be
deleted under this alternate.
4. For clarification, the requirement to replace all existing expansion
joint sealants in the existing swimming pool bowl and pool deck shall
not be deleted under this alternate.
B. Alternate No. 2: The Bidder shall state on the Proposal form the lump sum
amount to be DEDUCTED from the Base Bid if ALL work for the following items
is DELETED as part of this contract:
1. New concrete wading pool and surrounding pool deck located at the north
west corner of the site.
2. For clarification, the requirement to provide and install a new
recirculation pump (Mark P-1) shall not be deleted under this
alternate.
END OF SECTION 01030
p
01030 - 2
1
SECTION
01050 - FINAL CLEANING
C_
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.1
t_
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
The Contractor shall use experienced workmen or professional cleaners for
final cleaning.
B.
Upon completion of all work, and just before request for final inspection,
the Contractor shall have all construction areas or spaces cleaned and in
such condition that the Owner will have no further cleaning requirements.
C.
Special cleaning for specific units of work is specified in sections of
Division 2 through Division 16. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for
cleaning operations.
D.
The following are examples, but not limitations of cleaning levels required:
1. Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels.
2. Clean exposed masonry, exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes,
to a dirt -free condition, free of dust, stains, films and similar
noticeable distracting substances. Except as otherwise indicated,
avoid disturbance of natural weathering exterior surfaces. Restore
reflective surfaces to original reflective condition.
3. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean and remove
excess lubrication and other substances.
4. Remove debris and surface dust from limited -access spaces including
roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment wells, attics and similar
spaces.
5. Clean concrete floors and pool surfaces broom clean.
6. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains
including those resulting from water exposure.
7. Clean light fixtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency.
1.3
SITE (YARDS AND GROUNDS) CLEANING:
A.
Sweep and remove stains from exterior walks, porches and paved areas. Also
remove temporary tape, wrappings, coatings, labels, grease, dust, dirt,
stains, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from exterior items and
surfaces caused by new construction operations.
B.
Clean project site (lawns and grounds), including landscape development
areas, of all debris and foreign substances. Rake grounds which are neither
planted nor paved, to a smooth, even -textured surface. Remove excess fill
(-
and fine grade around all new site utility construction. Repair all areas
damaged by vehicle traffic or other construction operations.
(
1.4
RUBBISH
A.
All debris, surplus material, and other items specified or indicated for
removal and not claimed by the Owner as salvaged materials shall become
property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed
of in a lawful manner.
01050 - 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01050
01050 - 2
I
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for
submittals required for performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Shop Drawings.
2. Product Data.
3. Samples.
4. Quality assurance submittals.
B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other
Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such
submittals include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Permits.
2. Applications for Payment.
3. Performance and payment bonds.
4. Insurance certificates.
5. List of subcontractors.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate
to this Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" specifies requirements for
submittal of Project Record Documents and warranties at project
closeout.
1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal
sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities
to avoid delay.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing,
delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require
sequential activity.
€ 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related
elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to
review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until all related
submittals are received.
3. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the
time required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for
a submittal review, including time for resubmittals.
a. Where possible, all submittals shall be hand carried to the
Architect.
b. Allow 14 days for reprocessing each submittal.
C. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in
01300 - 1
advance of the Work to permit processing.
B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on
each
submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared
each submittal on the label or title block.
1. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches (100 by 125 mm) on
the
label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record
the
Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken.
2. Include the following information on the label for processing
and
recording action taken.
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name and address of the Architect.
j
d. Name and address of the Contractor.
e. Name and address of the subcontractor.
f. Name and address of the supplier.
g. Name of the manufacturer.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal
and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect
using a transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals received
from sources other than the Contractor.
1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data.
On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract
Document requirements, including variations and limitations. Include
Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract
Document requirements.
2. Transmittal Form: Use Contractor's standard form.
1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight,
encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do
not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis
of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference
to the Project is not a Shop Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting
diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the
following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail
number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size
Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches
(215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 36 by 48 inches (890 by 1220 mm).
7. Final Submittal: Submit 6 blue- or black -line prints; submit 8 prints
where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain 2
prints and return the remainder.
a. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as
a "Record Document."
8. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating
action taken.
01300 - 2
x_
1.5 PRODUCT DATA
{` A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of
construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as
manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color
charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and
performance curves.
1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed
Product Data includes information on several products that are not
required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include
the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with trade association standards.
C. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.
2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the
Contract Documents has been confirmed.
3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product
Data where selection of options is required.
4. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4
copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will
retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and
corrections or modifications required.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is
observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
5. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers,
subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others
required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution
on transmittal forms.
a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is
- in the Installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection
with construction.
1.6 SAMPLES
A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified
and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples
include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or
containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color,
texture, and pattern.
1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of
qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Architect's sample.
Include the following:
a. Specification Section number and reference.
b. Generic description of the Sample.
C. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of the manufacturer.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.
f. Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture.
Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other
elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final
-, submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed.
01300 - 3
a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or other
characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented,
submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of
the variations.
b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples ,
that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of
assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction
characteristics.
C. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the
Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be
undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate special
requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals.
d. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated
as the Owner's property, are the property of the Contractor and
shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial Completion.
3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are
submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar
characteristics from a range of standard choices.
a. The Architect will review and return preliminary submittals with
the Architect's notation, indicating selection and other action.
4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details,
workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and
similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Architect will return one
set marked with the action taken.
5. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality
comparisons throughout the course of construction.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is
observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the
construction associated with each set.
B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to
subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and
others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on
transmittal forms.
1. Field samples are full-size examples erected on -site to illustrate
finishes, coatings, or finish materials and to establish the Project
standard.
a. Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible.
Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A. Submit quality -control submittals, including design data, certifications,
manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other
quality -control submittals as required under other Sections of the
Specifications.
B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require
certification that a product, material, or installation complies with
specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the
manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements.
1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the
manufacturer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf
of the company.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and
test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1
T
t_
01300 - 4
Section "Quality Control."
1.8 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return
is required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate
action taken, and return promptly.
1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's
responsibility.
B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform,
action stamp. The Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate
the action to be taken.
C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals
to the sender without action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01300
01300 - 5
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for
contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
5. Final cleaning.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in
the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the
request.
1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows,
the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion
for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in
these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of
changes to the Contract Sum.
b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of
incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and
reasons the Work is not complete.
2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,
final certifications, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the
Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,
operating certificates, and similar releases.
5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs,
damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final
record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the
Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security
provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's
operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary
facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and
similar elements.
9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the
Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of
01700 - 1
1.4
A.
unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of
Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of
construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will
be issued.
1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that
the Work is substantially complete.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements
for final acceptance.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for
certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following.
List exceptions in the request.
1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance
certificates for products and completed operations where required.
2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional
changes to the Contract Sum.
3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of
items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the
Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item
has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be
endorsed and dated by the Architect.
4. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
5. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.
6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
B. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt
of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier
inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is
delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Architect.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a
certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the
Architect will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of
obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final
acceptance.
2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect
record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant
location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference
during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line
white -prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show
the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the
Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing
conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a
cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings.
Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to
measure and record at a later date.
1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to
distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work.
2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown
on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings.
3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable.
4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with
01700 - 2
' durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other
identification on the cover of each set.
C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual,
including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other
written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications
issued in printed form during construction.
1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work
performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and
modifications.
2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and
information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily
discerned later by direct observation.
3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the
Architect for the Owner's records.
D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal.
Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications.
1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work
performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations
in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's
installation instructions and recommendations.
2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the
Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct
observation.
3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data
to the Architect for the Owner's records.
E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the
Contractor shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the
Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner
for record purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding
delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area.
F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for
requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection
with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates
of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good
order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for
continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's
records.
G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable
sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-
duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl -covered binders, with pocket folders for
folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and
spine of each binder. Include the following types of information:
1. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties.
E 4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Recommended "turn -around" cycles.
6. Inspection procedures.
7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
€ 8. Fixture lamping schedule.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
01700 - 3
3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of
equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's
personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance.
Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not
experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed
review of the following items:
1. Maintenance manuals.
2. Record documents.
3. Spare parts and materials.
4. Tools.
5. Lubricants.
6. Fuels.
7. Identification systems.
8. Control sequences.
9. Hazards.
10. Cleaning.
11. Warranties and bonds.
12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following
procedures:
1. Startup.
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Noise and vibration adjustments.
5. Safety procedures.
6. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7. Effective energy utilization.
END OF SECTION 01700
1
ti
E
i_
01700 - 4
SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for
warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers
standard warranties on products and special warranties.
1. Refer to the General Conditions of the Agreement "Correction of Work"
for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the Work.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate
to this Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" specifies contract closeout
procedures.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for
warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted.
3. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing
services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work
that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations
on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and
subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the
Contractor.
D. Separate Prime Contracts: Each prime contractor is responsible for
warranties related to its own contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by
individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically
endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner.
B. Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the
Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard
warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted
construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a
result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for
correction of warranted construction.
B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and
been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by
written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original
warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has
failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying
with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible
01740 - 1
for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether
the Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion of its
anticipated useful service life.
D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition
to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights,
and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods
shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can
enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject
warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar
commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to
refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that
entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for
Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial
Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date
of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work,
submit written warranties upon request of the Architect.
1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used
by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the
construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the
Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of
the Work.
B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and
a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty,
prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft
to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution.
1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content
requirements and particular requirements for submitting special
warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LIST OF WARRANTIES
A. Schedule: Provide warranties on products and installations as specified in
the following Sections:
1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for
warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted.
END OF SECTION 01740
01740 - 2
1 SECTION 02071 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
i
t
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. The extent of Selective Demolition is indicated on the Drawings.
B. This Section includes demolition and removal of the following:
1. Portions of existing building concrete slab, concrete masonry unit
walls, hollow metal doors, frames and miscellaneous items as required
to accommodate new construction.
2. Portions of existing exterior masonry planting beds, wood fencing,
concrete walks, concrete curb and gutter, asphalt paving and
miscellaneous items.
3. Selected trees and other miscellaneous landscape items.
C. Items to be salvaged or removed and reinstalled include the following:
1. Existing tubular steel door.
2. Existing stainless steel pool ladders.
3. Existing trash barrel pedestal.
D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate
to this Section:
1. Division 15 "Mechanical & Plumbing"
2. Division 16 "Electrical".
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be
reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.
B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the
Owner's property. Remove items indicated and protect against damage.
Deliver salvaged items to Owner's designated storage area located on the
site.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise
prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items
in the same locations or in locations indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage
and during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may
be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective
demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled,
or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials
shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site
with further disposition at the Contractor's option.
B. Items indicated to remain the Owner's property. Carefully remove and
salvage each item in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to the
Owner.
02071 - 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of
the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, for information only,
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of
adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as
damage caused by selective demolition operations.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has
successfully completed selective demolition Work similar to that indicated
for this Project.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations
before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal
regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective
demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations
will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of
activities that will affect Owner's operations.
B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be
selectively demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be
maintained by Owner as far as practical.
C. Asbestos: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the Work.
If any materials suspected of containing asbestos are encountered, do not
disturb the materials. Immediately notify the Architect and the Owner.
1. Asbestos will be removed by Owner before start of Work.
D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site will not be permitted.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's
on -site operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
1. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed
surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces
to the fullest extent possible.
2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of
existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to
determine extent of selective demolition required.
B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled
02071 - 2
I and items to be removed and salvaged.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that
conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate
and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a
written report to the Architect.
D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any
element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any
portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES
A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating
facilities, except when authorized in writing by Owner and authorities
having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions
to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to governing
authorities.
a. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of
service is required during changeover.
B. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting
off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utility services. Do
not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing
have been completed and verified in writing.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum
interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and
used facilities.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or
used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed
traffic ways if required by governing regulations.
B. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to
adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people
around selective demolition area.
1. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between
demolition and removal of existing construction, on exterior surfaces
and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs
to structure or interior areas.
2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that
are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations.
3. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not
been removed.
4. Protect air -handling equipment.
C. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural
support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse
of building to be selectively demolished.
1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of
selective demolition.
--- D. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused
by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition
existing before start of selective demolition.
02071 - 3
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within
limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions
required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to
remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent
surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to
remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces
to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.
3. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On -site storage
or sale of removed items is prohibited.
4. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition
existing before start of selective demolition operations.
3.5 PATCHING AND REPAIRS
A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent
construction by selective demolition operations.
B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces
suitable for new materials.
1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to
remain with an approved masonry patching material, applied according
to manufacturer's printed recommendations.
D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into
adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of
patching and refinishing.
E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished
walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush
and even surface of uniform color and appearance.
1. Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface.
2. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply
with specified tolerances.
3. Where patching smooth painted surfaces, extend final paint coat over
entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the surface has
received primer and second coat.
4. Inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation, where feasible.
F. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -
plane surface of uniform appearance.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished
materials to accumulate on -site.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally
dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 02071
02071 - 4
SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING
i
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of site clearing is shown on drawings.
B. Site clearing includes, but is not limited to:
1.
Protection
of existing
paving, curbs and gutters.
2.
Removal of
excess dirt,
debris, roots and vegetation.
3.
Removal of
above -grade
improvements indicated on the Drawings.
4.
Removal of
below -grade
improvements indicated on the Drawings.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference
with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities
without permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protection necessary to
prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place.
1. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on Owner's property.
2. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable
to parties having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable to work of this section.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SITE CLEARING:
A. General: Remove all obstructions, if any, interfering with installation of
new construction. Remove such items elsewhere on site or premises as
specifically indicated.
B. The top 12 inches of soil shall be cleared from debris, roots and
vegetation, and compacted as specified under Section 02200 - Earthwork.
C. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with
satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is
indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6" loose depth,
and thoroughly compact to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
D. Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above -grade and below -grade
improvements necessary to permit construction, and other work as indicated.
E. Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be shown
on mechanical or electrical drawings, and is included under work of those
sections where indicated. Removal of abandoned underground piping or
conduit interfering with construction is included under this section.
3.2 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS:
A. Burning on Owner's Property: Burning is not permitted on Owner's property.
02110 - 1
B. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials and unsuitable and
excess soil from Owner's property and dispose of off site in a legal manner.
END OF SECTION 02110
02110 - 2
r- SECTION
02200 - EARTHWORK
PART 1
- GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions
of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other
Division 1
specification sections, apply
to work of this section.
s-- 1.2
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
The extent of earthwork is shown on
drawings.
B.
Preparation of subgrade for slabs,
walks, and
pavements is included as part
of this work.
C.
Backfilling of trenches is included
as part of
this work.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work
in compliance with applicable
requirements of governing authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Testing and Inspection Service
1. Owner will engage a soil testing and inspection service for quality
control testing during earthwork operations. The testing laboratory shall
comply with the requirements of ASTM D3740, Evaluation of Agencies Engaged
in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil or Rock Used In Engineering Design
and Construction.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports: Submit following reports directly to Architect from the testing
services, with copies to Contractor and Engineer.
1. Test reports on existing or borrow material for each type of soil
encountered.
a. Atterberg Limits
b. Linear Shrinkage
C. Optimum moisture/maximum dry density curve
2. Field density test reports of subgrades and compacted fills. Reports
shall indicate soil type or change of soil if any other is used.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Site Information
1. A subsurface soils investigation at the site has not been performed. Test
borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor at
no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work.
If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection
during earthwork operations.
1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be
encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for
directions. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping
respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities
to satisfaction of utility owner.
2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used
by Owner or others, except when permitted in writing by Architect and then
only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided.
C. Use of Explosives: The use of explosives is not permitted.
02200 - 1
D. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as
part of this work and post with warning lights.•
1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities
from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout
and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D 2487
soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, GC, SC, CL, SM, SW and SP.
B. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D 2487
soil classification groups CH, ML, MH, OL, OH, and PT.
C. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or
crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, natural or crushed sand.
D. Topsoil shall be fertile, natural soil of loamy character, free of clay lumps,
stones and debris.
E.
Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock
or gravel larger than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials,
vegetable and other deleterious matter. Fill materials shall have a liquid
-•
limit between 4 and 30 and the plasticity index shall be between 4 and 12.
PART 3
- EXECUTION
j
3.1
EXCAVATION
A.
Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when
F'Al
establishing required finish grade elevations.
B.
Earth excavation includes removal and disposal of pavements and other
obstructions visible on ground surface, underground structures and utilities
indicated to be demolished and removed, material of any classification
indicated in data on subsurface conditions, and other materials encountered
that are not classified as rock excavation or unauthorized excavation.
C. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated
subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Architect.
Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall
be at Contractor's expense.
D. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized
excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to
excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete
fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to
Architect.
E. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for
authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by
Architect.
F. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade
elevations, notify Architect who will make an inspection of conditions.
1. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required subgrade
elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace excavated material as
directed by Architect.
2. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be
paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work.
02200 - 2
G. Stability of Excavations
11- 1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances
having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible
because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated.
2. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until
completion of backfilling.
H. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing
into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent
softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes
detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and
maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other
dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from
excavations.
2. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or
run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and
other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use
trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
I. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed,
until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for
proper drainage.
1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified.
J. Excavation for Structures
1. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or
minus 0.10 foot, and extending a sufficient distance from footings and
foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork,
installation of services, other construction, and for inspection.
2. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb
bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before
concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and
grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
K. Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface under pavements to comply with
=- cross -sections, elevations and grades as shown.
L. Excavation for Trenches
1. Dig trenches to the uniform width required for particular item to be
installed, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room.
2. Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required. Carry depth of trenches
for piping to establish indicated flow lines and invert elevations.
Beyond building perimeter, keep bottoms of trenches sufficiently below
finish grade to avoid freeze -ups.
3. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 6" below required elevation
and backfill with a 6" layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to
installation of pipe.
4. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching under pipe bells to
provide solid bearing for entire body of pipe.
5. Backfill trenches with lean concrete where trench excavations pass within
18" of column or wall footings and which are carried below bottom of such
footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to level of
bottom of adjacent footings.
6. Concrete is specified in Division 3.
7. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and
backfilling authorized by Architect. Use care in backfilling to avoid
damage or displacement of pipe systems.
M. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when
atmospheric temperature is less than 35 degrees F. (1 degree C.)
02200 - 3
3.2 COMPACTION
A. General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum
percentage of density specified for each area classification.
B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the
following percentages of maximum dry density for soils which exhibit a
well-defined moisture -density relationship determined in accordance with ASTM
D 698 (Standard Proctor); and not less than the following percentages of
relative density, determined in accordance with ASTM D 2049, for soils which
will not exhibit a well-defined moisture -density relationship.
1. Structures: Compact top 12" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or
fill material at 95% maximum dry density or 90% relative dry density.
2. Slabs and Steps: Compact top 12" of subgrade and each layer of backfill
or fill material at 95% maximum dry density or 90% relative dry density.
3. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of
backfill or fill material at 90% maximum dry density.
4. Walkways: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill
materials at 95% maximum dry density or 90% relative dry density.
5. Pavements: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill
material at 95% maximum dry density or 90% relative dry density for
cohesive soil material.
C. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture
conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade,
or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during
or subsequent to compaction operations.
1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet
to permit compaction to specified density.
2. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit
compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying
by disking, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to
a satisfactory value.
3.3 BACKFILL AND FILL
A. General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade
elevations, for each area classification listed below.
1. In excavations, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
2. Under grassed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
3. Under walks and pavements, use subbase materials, or satisfactory
excavated or borrow material, or combination of both.
4. Under steps, use subbase material.
5. Under slabs, use satisfactory borrow material.
6. See Section 03300, Concrete Work, for specifications for flowable lean
concrete fill to be used where indicated on the drawings.
B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of
the following:
1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable,
dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground
utilities.
3. Removal of concrete formwork.
4. Removal of trash and debris.
C. Ground Surface Preparation
1. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions,
and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills.
Plow, strip, or break-up so that fill material will bond with existing
surface.
2. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under
"Compaction" for particular area classification, break up ground surface,
pulverize, moisture -condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to
required depth and percentage of maximum density.
02200 - 4
i
D. Placement and Compaction
1. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose
depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more
than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers.
2. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide
optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage of
maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification.
- Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen,
or contain frost or ice.
3. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, to
required elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill
against structures by carrying material uniformly around structure to
approximately same elevation in each lift.
3.4 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section,
including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified
tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where
elevations are shown, or between such points and existing grades.
B. Grading Outside Lines of Structures: Grade areas adjacent to structures to
drain away from structures and to prevent ponding.
C. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more
than 0.10 foot above or below required subgrade elevations.
2. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and
cross-section, with finish surface not more than 0.10 foot above or below
required subgrade elevation.
3. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and
cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1/2" above or below
required subgrade elevation.
D. Grading Surface of Fill Under Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids,
compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades
within a tolerance of 1/2" when tested with a 10 foot straightedge.
E. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and
percentage of maximum density for each area classification.
3.5 PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE
A.
General: Subbase course consists of placing subbase materials, in layers of
specified thickness, over subgrade surface to support a pavement base course.
B.
See other Division 2 sections for paving specifications.
C.
Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown
and cross -slope of subbase course.
D.
Placing: Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of
uniform thickness, conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness.
Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting subbase material during
placement operations.
E.
When a compacted subbase course is shown to be 6" thick or less, place
material in a single layer. When shown to be more than 6" thick, place
material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 6" or less than 3"
in thickness when compacted.
02200 - 5
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Control Testing During Construction
1. Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers
before further construction work is performed.
2. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (Sand Cone _a
Method) or ASTM D 2167 (Rubber Balloon Method), or ASTM D 2922, (Nuclear
Gage Method) as applicable.
B. Paved Areas and Slab Subgrade
1. Make at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2000 sq. ft.
of paved area or slab, but in no case less than 3 tests. In each
compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 sq. ft.
of overlaying slab or paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests.
Subsequent layers shall be placed only after the previous compacted layer
has been tested and approved by the testing laboratory and
Architect/Engineer.
C. If, in opinion of Architect, based on testing service reports and inspection,
subgrade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide
additional compaction and testing at no additional expense.
3.7 MAINTENANCE
A. Protection of Graded Areas
1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash L_
and debris.
2. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to
specified tolerances. '
B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed
by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, -1
re -shape, and compact to required density prior to further construction.
3.8 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Removal from Owner's Property
1. Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash
and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02200
This section prepared by RTR Engineers, Inc.
02200 - 6
-`, SECTION 02513 - ASPHALT CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general
Supplementary Conditions
-r to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
provisions of Contract, including General and
and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply
A. The extent of asphalt concrete paving is shown on the Drawings. General work
for fill and sub -grade is specified under Section 2200, Earthwork. Final
shaping, filling and compaction of paving sub -grade is specified under this
heading.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. The Owner will provide material and compaction testing services. Tests shall
be as directed by Architect.
B. Submit 2 copies of a listing identifying the types and sources of materials
proposed for the work. No paving shall be started until all materials and
methods have been approved by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. All materials and methods shall be according to Texas Department of
Transportation, 1993 Standard Specifications for Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete
Pavement.
B. Flexible Base - Grading Items 247, Type A, Grade 1 or 2.
1. The material shall be obtained from approved sources. It shall consist
of argillaceous limestone, calcareous clay particles with or without
stone, conglomerate, gravel, sand or other granular materials. Where the
local material for the base course contains some hard limestone such
material must be crushed and graded to comply with gradation requirements
as outlined below. The processed material when properly slaked and tested
by standard laboratory methods shall meet the following requirements:
a. Passing 1 3/4" screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100%
b. Passing #40 sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 40%
C. Passing #200 sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 15%
2. The material passing the 40-mesh sieve shall be known as "soil binder" and
shall meet the following requirements:
a. The liquid limit shall not exceed 35
b. The plasticity index shall not exceed 12
C. The linear shrinkage shall not exceed 8.0%
C. Prime Coat: Asphalt shall be MC-30, Asphalt meeting Texas Department of
Transportation specifications.
D. Hot -Mix Asphaltic Concrete - Grading Item 340, Type D
1. A surface course composed of a mixture of mineral aggregates and asphaltic
material shall be placed on the primed base. The mixture when designed
and tested in accordance with these specifications and methods outlined
in the TxDOT Bulletin C-14, shall have an optimum laboratory density of
97% and a stability of not less than 30%.
2. The coarse aggregate shall consist of clean, tough, durable fragments of
stone, crushed gravel, gravel or combinations thereof and be retained on
a No. 10 sieve. It shall contain not more than 1 percent, by weight, of
organic matter, clays, loam or pebbles coated therewith and shall have an
abrasion of not more than 40 percent loss by weight.
02513 - 1
t
3. The fine aggregate shall consist of sand, screenings or a combination of
both, and will pass the No. 10 sieve. Sand shall be composed of durable
stone particles free from injurious foreign matter. Screening shall be
of the same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. The
plastic index of that part of the fine aggregate passing the No. 40 sieve
shall be no more than six (6).
4. Asphalt for the paving mixture shall be of the type and grade of oil
asphalt as determined by design tests. The asphaltic material for the
tack coat shall be cut -back asphalt, RC-2.
5. The paving mixtures shall consist of a uniform mixture of coarse
aggregate, fine aggregate and asphaltic material. The grading of each
constituent of the mineral aggregate shall be such as to produce, when
properly proportioned, a mixture which will conform to the grading
specified hereafter.
6. Fine Graded Surface Course (TxDOT - Type D):
3
a. Passing 1/2" sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100%
b. Passing 3/8" sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 to 100%
C. Passing No. 4 sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 70%
d. Passing No. 10 sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 42%
e. Passing No. 40 sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 to 26%
f. Passing No. 80 sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 to 14%
g. Passing No. 200 sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **l to 6%
** 2-8% when Test Method Tex-200-F, Part II (washed sieve analysis)
is used.
7. The asphaltic material shall form from 6.5 to 8.0 percent, by weight, of
1
the mixture.
E. Traffic Markings: Paint shall be a chlorinated rubber base traffic paint,
factory mixed, quick drying with FS-TT-P-115, Type III or approved equal. The
color shall be yellow or white as directed by the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SUB -GRADE PREPARATION:
A. Subgrade preparation will consist of all grading work necessary to bring the
subgrade to the lines, grades, and typical cross-section shown on the plans.
It will also consist of removing all obstructions encountered in the subgrade
area.
B. All areas to be paved shall be excavated or filled and shaped in conformity
with the typical sections shown on the plans, and to the lines and grades
established in the field. Special care shall be exercised in grading street
intersections where valley gutters occur, so that the profiles will present
a smooth surface. All unstable or otherwise objectionable material shall be
removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved material. After all
excavation and fill is completed and before placement of flexible base, the
subgrade shall be shaped to conform to the established lines and grades and
typical cross sections, wetted, and rolled to secure a smooth, firm foundation
for the pavement.
3.2 FLEXIBLE BASE:
A. Description: This item shall consist of a foundation course for surface or
other base courses; shall be composed of caliche and gravel materials; and
shall be constructed as herein specified in one or more courses in conformity
with the typical sections and to the lines and grades established on the job. r
i
B. Before placing the first course of base material, the subgrade shall be
scarified to a depth of 6 inches for the full width of the base. After
scarifying this layer it shall be compacted by means of wetting, rolling and
blading until a density of 95% of the maximum is obtained as prescribed under
DENSITIES of these specifications. Subgrade shall then be shaped to conform
tothe typical section, lines and grades as shown on the plans, and as
established in the field. Compacted base course shall be a minimum of 6"
thick.
02513 - 2
C. All unstable or otherwise objectionable material shall be removed and replaced
with acceptable material. Any deviation from established line, grade or
typical section in excess of 1/2" as shown by straightedge or template when
placed as directed, shall be corrected by removing material, reshaping and
compacting by sprinkling and rolling. The subgrade preparation operation may
be done at the time the grading operation is completed.
D. Material deposited on subgrade shall be spread and shaped the same day. In
the event inclement weather prevents spreading of the material during the
first 24 hours, it shall be scarified and spread as directed by the Architect.
E. All areas and "nests" of segregated course or fine material shall be corrected
or removed and replaced with well graded material. If additional "Binder" is
considered necessary or desirable after the material is spread and shaped, it
shall be furnished and applied in the amount directed. Such binder materials
shall be carefully and evenly incorporated with the material in place by
scarifying, harrowing, brooming, or by other approved methods. The course
shall then be sprinkled as required and rolled, as directed until a uniform
compaction is secured. Throughout this entire operation the shape of the
course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface upon completion shall
be smooth and in conformity with the typical sections shown on the plans, and
spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by scarifying the areas
affected, adding suitable material as required, reshaping, and recompacting
by sprinkling and rolling.
F. Rolling of base course shall be carried on by the operation of approved
pneumatic tire rollers or ten ton rollers, or a combination of the two.
3.3 ROLLING EQUIPMENT:
A. Pneumatic tire rollers shall consist of not less than nine pneumatic -tired
wheels running on two axles in such manner that the rear group of tires will
not follow in the tracks of the forward group and shall be mounted in rigid
frame and provided with a loading platform or body suitable for ballast
loading. The front axle shall rotate around a king pin so located that the
roller may be turned in a minimum circle. Under working conditions, it shall
have an effective rolling width of 60 inches and shall give a minimum
compression of three hundred and twenty-five (325) pounds per inch of tire
tread. The pneumatic tire roller shall be driven by either a crawler type
tractor or a pneumatic tire tractor and the roller, when drawn by either type
shall be considered a pneumatic tire roller unit. A self-propelled pneumatic
tire roller is acceptable.
B. Ten (10) ton roller shall be the three -wheel, self-propelled type, weighing
not less than ten (10) tons and shall provide a compression of the rear inch
of tire width. The rear wheels shall be flat and shall have a diameter of not
less than forty-eight (48) inches, and each shall have a tire width of not
less than twenty (20) inches.
3.4 ROLLING METHODS:
A. Pneumatic tire roller work shall be done as required to compact the base. The
embankment layer of the base course shall be sprinkled if directed, and
rolling with a pneumatic tire roller shall start longitudinally at the sides
and proceed towards the center and overlapped successive trips by at least
one-half (1/2) the width of the rear wheels of the power roller. On
super -elevated curves rolling shall begin at the low sides and progress toward
the high sides. Alternate trips of the roller shall continue until the base
is finished off. The rollers, unless otherwise directed, shall be operated
at a speed between two (2) and three (3) miles per hour.
a' B. Ten (10) ton roller work shall be done as required to compact and finish the
base. The embankment layer or the base course shall be sprinkled if directed,
and rolling with a power roller shall start longitudinally at the sides and
proceed towards the center. Overlapping on successive trips by at least
02513 - 3
one-half (1/2) of the width of the rear wheels of the power roller. On super
elevated curves rolling shall begin at the low sides and progress toward the '
high sides. Alternate trips of the roller shall continue until the base is .:
finished off. The rollers, unless otherwise directed, shall be operated at
a speed between two (2) and three (3) miles per hour.
3.5 DENSITIES:
A. It is the purpose of these specifications to obtain an apparent dry density
of the minus 1/4" material of 95% of the maximum dry density as determined by
the "Standard Proctor Compaction Tests". This density is to be obtained in
the top six inches of the subgrade and in the entire thickness of the base
course.
3.6 PRIME COAT:
A. This item shall include furnishing all material, equipment, labor and whatever
else may be necessary for applying a prime coat to the flexible base.
B. When the base is finished and thoroughly dry and is satisfactory to receive
the prime coat, the surface shall be cleaned by sweeping or other approved
methods until all loose material is removed. If necessary the base shall be
lightly sprinkled just prior to the application of the asphalt. The asphaltic
material shall then be applied to the cleaned base at the approximate rate of
0.25 gallons per square yard of surface area. The application shall be made
with an approved type of self propelled pressure distributor so constructed
and operated as to distribute the material evenly and smoothly in the quantity
specified or directed. Cut -back asphalt shall be applied at a temperature
between 125 degrees F. and 175 degrees F.
C. Prime coat shall not be applied when the wind velocity is likely to cause
vaporized asphalt to drift onto buildings, adjacent concrete work or other
objects subject to damage by such overspray.
D. Prior to placement of prime and tack coats, cover curbs and gutters with kraft
paper and weight with sand to prevent displacement until such coats are
completed. In the event that penetration type paving is called for, paper
shall remain in place until the finish course has been applied and rolled.
E. No traffic or hauling on the prime coat shall be permitted until the asphalt
is dry enough so as not to track or pick up.
3.7 HOT -MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE:
A. This item shall include furnishing all material, equipment, labor and whatever
else may be necessary for placing a hot -mix asphaltic concrete pavement on an
approved primed base. The wearing surface shall be completed in accordance
with these specifications.
B. The surface upon which the asphaltic mixture is to be placed, shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all dust, soil and foreign matter. A tack coat of 0.08
gallons per square yard of RC-2 shall be placed uniformly on the cleaned
surface. No tack coat or asphaltic mixture shall be placed when the air
temperature is below 50 degrees F. and falling.
C. All the asphaltic mixture shall be hauled to the site in tight vehicles which
have been previously cleaned and oiled. The dispatching of the vehicles shall
be so that all material delivered can be placed and rolled during daylight.
D. All contact surfaces of curbs, gutters and valley gutters and all joints shall
be painted with a thin, uniform coating of the tack coat material prior to;
placing the asphaltic mixture. Generally the asphaltic mixture shall be
placed with a finishing machine on the prepared base at the rate of 150 pounds
per square yard. Spreading by hand may be necessary in areas not accessible
to the finishing machine. In either case, the mixture shall be placed in such
manner that when properly compacted, the finished surface shall be smooth, of j
(_
02513 - 4
r+
i
uniform density and will drain. The finished thickness shall not be less than
one and one-half (1 1/2) inches.
E. Care shall be taken to prevent splattering of adjacent construction during the
application of the asphaltic material.
F. The material shall be compressed thoroughly and uniformly by rolling with
three -wheel and tandem rollers. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the
sides and proceed toward the center of the section, overlapping on successive
trips by at least one-half the width of the rear wheels. Rolling shall be
continued until no further compression can be obtained and all roller marks
are eliminated from the surface. All small places not accessible to the
roller shall be thoroughly compacted with lightly oiled hand tamps.
3.8 TRAFFIC MARKINGS:
A. Apply markings according to a layout approved by Architect. Lines shall be
applied in 2 coats by means of mechanical marking equipment. Lines shall be
straight, at proper angle and of uniform width.
3.9 PRECAUTIONS:
A. Do not lay paving in inclement weather, or when the ambient temperature is
less than 50 degrees F.
B. All paving shall be free from defects such as cracks, spalls, thin spots, soft
spots, porous area, slick area, roller markings, vehicular traffic markings.
C. Also curbs, gutters, walks and walls of buildings, etc., shall be free of
asphalt overspray. Also these items shall not be cracked, chipped or marked
by heavy equipment used in paving operations.
3.10 CLEANING:
A. Remove from site all rubbish and wasted paving materials. Leave site in a
good, clean and neat condition.
3.11 INSPECTION:
A. If any defects develop, or if materials and/or compaction tests fail to meet
standards, the paving Contractor shall correct, tear out and replace, or take
other measures as directed by Architect to put pavement in first-class
condition, both in appearance and for utility.
B. Care shall be taken to prevent splattering of adjacent construction during the
application of the asphaltic material.
C. The material shall be compressed thoroughly and uniformly by rolling with
three -wheel and tandem rollers. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the
sides and proceed toward the center of the section, overlapping on successive
trips by at least one-half the width of the rear wheels. Rolling shall be
continued until no further compression can be obtained and all roller marks
are eliminated from the surface. All small places not accessible to the
roller shall be thoroughly compacted with lightly oiled hand tamps.
END OF SECTION 02513
This section prepared by RTR Engineers, Inc.
02513 - 5
V �-ov
SECTION 02514 - CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS AND PAVING
_ PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply
to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. The extent of concrete curbs, walks and paving is shown on the Drawings.
B. Comply with applicable requirements of Section 03300, Concrete Work, for
materials, testing, mixing, placing and curing, except as herein specified
otherwise.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Grade Control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Forms:
1. Either steel or wood, of size and strength to resist movement during
concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until
removal. Use forms that are straight and free of distortion and defects.
Bent, twisted, split or defective form materials are not permitted.
2. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends
as required.
3. Coat forms with a non -staining, clear, paraffin base form oil that will
not discolor or otherwise deface the surface of the concrete.
B. Concrete: Comply with applicable requirement of Section 03300, Concrete Work,
for concrete materials. Concrete mix shall not be the same as used for slabs
and foundations. Exterior concrete shall attain a minimum compressive
strength of 3000 psi at 28 days and shall contain five (5) sacks (470 lbs.)
of cement per cubic yard of concrete, 6 percent plus or minus 1 percent of
entrained air, coarse aggregate 1" or smaller and shall be poured with a slump
of 5" plus or minus 111.
C. Fibrous Concrete Reinforcement:
1. General: 100 percent virgin polypropylene fibrillated fibers specially
manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement, containing no reprocessed
olefin materials. Fibrous concrete reinforcement shall be as manufactured
by Fibermesh Company, 4019 Industry Drive, Chattanooga, TN 37416, or
approved equal. Use in all exterior concrete not otherwise detailed.
2. Physical Characteristics:
a. Specific Gravity: 0.91
b. Tensile Strength: 70 to 110 ksi
C. Fiber lengths: 1/2", 3/4", 1 1/211, 2" per manufacturer.
D. Expansion Joints: Premolded cane fiber saturated with asphalt. Unless
indicated otherwise, 1/2" thickness by depth of slab. At curbs and gutters,
furnish special section to meet local curb and gutter specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. Remove all loose material from the uniformly compacted subbase surface
immediately before placing concrete.
02514 - 1
3.2 FORM CONSTRUCTION:
A. Set forms to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured.
Install sufficient lengths of forms to allow continuous progress of the work
and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete
placement. Tops of walks and paving shall slope at least 1/8" per foot.
B. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to the following tolerances:
1. Top of form units: Not more than 1/8" in 10 feet.
2. Vertical face: Longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4" in 10 feet.
C. Clean forms after each use, and coat with form oil as often as required to
ensure separation from concrete without damage.
3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
A. General:
1. Comply with the requirements of Section 03300, Concrete Work, for mixing
and placing concrete, and as herein specified.
2. Add fibrous concrete reinforcement to concrete materials at the time
concrete is batched in amounts in accordance with approved submittals for
this type of concrete. Mix batched concrete in strict accordance with the
fibrous concrete reinforcement manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion.
3. Do not place concrete until subgrade and forms have been checked for line
and grade. Moisten subgrade as required to provide a uniform dampened
condition at the.time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around
manholes or other structures until they have been brought to the required
grade and alignment.
4. Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of the mix, and
with as little rehandling as possible. Consolidate concrete along the
face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator.
Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies or side forms. Use only
square -faced shovels for hand -spreading and consolidation. Consolidate
with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint
devices. Do not over vibrate.
5. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse
joints, as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place
a construction joint. Sections less than 15 feet in length between
transverse joints will not be permitted. Remove such sections if directed
by the Architect.
B. Curbs and Gutters: Automatic machine may be used for curbs and gutter
placement at Contractor's option, if acceptable to the Architect. If machine
placement is to be used, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results
which meet or exceed the minimums herein specified. Machine placement must
produce curbs and gutters to the required cross-section, lines, grades, finish
and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable,
remove and replace with formed concrete as specified.
3.4 JOINTS:
A. General: Construct expansion, weakened -plane (contraction), and construction
joints true -to -line with face perpendicular to surface of the concrete, unless
otherwise shown. Construct transverse joints to align with previously placed
joints, unless otherwise shown.
B. Weakened -Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened -plane (contraction)
joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on the Drawings. Construct
weakened -plane joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete thickness as
follows:
C. Tooled Joints: Form weakened -plane joints in fresh concrete by grooving top
portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a jointer.
02514 - 2
D. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at the end of all pours and
at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than
1/2 hour, except where such pour terminates at expansion joints.
1. Construct joints as shown, or if not shown, use standard metal keyway
section forms.
E. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints
abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks and
other fixed objects.
1. Expansion joints shall be at 20 feet o.c., unless otherwise shown.
2. Extend joint fillers full -width and depth of joint, and not less than 1/2"
or more than 1" below finished surface. Furnish joint fillers in
one-piece lengths for the full width being placed, wherever possible.
Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections
together. Form top edge of filler to conform to top profile of concrete.
3. Protect the top edge of the joint filler during concrete placement with
a metal cap or other temporary material. Remove protection after both
sides of joint are placed.
3.5 CONCRETE FINISHING:
A. Finishes: Unless indicated otherwise, items of concrete to be finished as
follows:
1. All sidewalks, concrete aprons and porches shall have float finish,
brushed as directed to provide non -slip finish.
2. Curbs, gutters and driveway approaches shall be finished with a
stiff -bristled broom to provide non -slip finish. Provide sample for
approval.
B. The following finishing procedures shall be observed:
1. After striking -off and consolidating concrete, smooth the surface by
screeding and floating. Do not use "jitterbugs". Use hand methods only
where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust the floating to compact
the surface and produce a uniform texture.
2. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10 foot straightedge.
Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and
refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous, smooth finish.
3. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints
with an edging tool, and round to 1/2" radius, unless otherwise shown.
Eliminate any tool marks on concrete surface.
4. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has
disappeared complete surface finishing as follows:
a. Broom Finish: Broom finish, by drawing a fine broom across concrete
surface, perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if
required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to the Architect.
b. On inclining slab surfaces, provide a coarse, non -slip finish by
scoring surface with a stiff -bristled broom.
3.6 CURING:
A. Protect and cure finished concrete walks, curbs and gutters and paving,
complying with the applicable requirements of Section 03300, Concrete Work.
Use moist -curing methods whenever possible for first 24 hours, then apply
curing compound.
3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS:
A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect.
B. Drill test cores where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine
magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in
-- satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement
with polysulphide-epoxy binder, or with polysulphide resin grout, complying
g with FS MMM-G-650B CANC.
02514 - 3
C. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from,
pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is '
permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains
and spillage of materials as they occur.
D. Sweep concrete pavement and walks free of stains, discolorations, dirt and
other foreign material just prior to final inspection.
END OF SECTION 02514 f
This section prepared by RTR Engineers, Inc.
�' 4"A ��
02514 - 4
{j
4
SECTION 03300 - CONCRETE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
r" 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply
to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. The extent of concrete work is shown on the Drawings.
1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Concrete Curbs, Walks and Paving - Section 02514
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following codes,
specifications and standards, except where more stringent requirements are
shown or specified:
1. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete".
3. ACI 311 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection".
4. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
5. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork".
6. MSP-1-97 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard
Practice".
B. Workmanship: The Contractor is responsible for correction of concrete work
which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength,
tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete as directed by the
Architect.
C. Design and Testing:
1. The Contractor shall bear all expenses in connection with securing proper
laboratory designed mixes. Mixes proposed for use in this project shall
be tested by means of actual cylinder breaks, with all information being
reported to the Architect. A proven, established, mix from an acceptable
ready -mix plant may be used. Provide a minimum of 5 recent different
compression test reports for the proposed mix.
2. All expense for taking and testing concrete cylinders shall be borne by
the Owner.
3. Job site cylinders shall be taken when the Architect so directs. The
Contractor shall notify the testing laboratory when test cylinders are to
be taken. The laboratory shall come to the site and take the concrete
cylinders, and be responsible for their care and handling including
breaking of same at laboratory.
4. The laboratory shall be an independent testing laboratory designated by
the Architect and the Owner acceptable to the Contractor.
5. Test results shall be furnished to the Architect, Engineer and the
Contractor.
6. Any concrete not meeting strength requirements shall be further tested.
If further tests indicate concrete will ultimately never meet strength
requirements, the understrength concrete will be replaced with new as
directed by Architect.
1.5 SUBMITTALS:
L A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and
installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including
reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds,
waterstops, floor hardeners, and others as requested by the Architect.
03300 - 1
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement
of concrete reinforcement. Comply with the ACI 315 "Manual of Standard
Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules,
stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement of concrete reinforcement.
Include special reinforcement required at openings through concrete
structures. F
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS:
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise shown or specified,
construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, metal,
metalframed plywood -faced or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide
continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest
practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system
shown on the Drawings. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to
withstand pressure of newly -placed concrete without bow or deflection. Forms
used for this class of concrete shall be new or "good -as -new".
B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form)
Plywood" Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edgesealed, with
each piece bearing legible trademark of an approved inspection agency, unless
otherwise acceptable to Architect.
C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be
unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other
acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side
for tight fit.
D. Earth Trench Forms: Earth trench type forming shall only be used where
continuous type or square spot footings are shown on the Drawings.
2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS:
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, except No. 3 bent ties and stirrups
may be Grade 40.
B. Supports for Reinforcement:
1. Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and
other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and
welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with
CRSI, unless otherwise specified. Wood, brick and other devices will not
be acceptable.
2. For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates for horizontal runners
where wetted base materials will not support chair legs.
3. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in
contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are hot/dip
galvanized plastic protected or stainless steel protected.
i
C. Fibrous Concrete Reinforcement:
1. General: 100 percent virgin polypropylene fibrillated fibers specially
manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement, containing no reprocessed
olefin materials. Fibrous concrete reinforcement shall be as manufactured
by Fibermesh Company, 4019 Industry Drive, Chattanooga, TN 37416, or
approved equal. Use in all exterior concrete not otherwise detailed.
2. Physical Characteristics:
a. Specific Gravity: 0.91
b. Tensile Strength: 70 to 110 ksi
C. Fiber lengths: 1/2", 3/4", 1 1/2", 2" per manufacturer.
03300 - 2
r
1
t. ,
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS:
A.
Portland Cement:
1.
ASTM C 150, Type I, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
2.
Use only one brand of cement throughout the project, unless otherwise
acceptable to Architect.
B.
Fine Aggregate:
1.
ASTM C 33. Clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay, lumps or other
deleterious substances.
2.
Dune sand, bank -run sand and manufactured sand are not acceptable.
C.
Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33. Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing
no
clay, mud, loam or foreign matter as follows:
1.
Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone.
2.
Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of pit or bank -run gravel
is not permitted.
3.
Provide aggregate from a single source for all exposed concrete.
4.
Maximum Aggregate Size:
a. Not larger than one -fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of
forms, one-third of the depth of slabs, nor three -fourths of the
minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or bundles
or bars.
b. These limitations may be waived if, in the judgment of the Architect,
workability and methods of consolidation are such that concrete can
be placed without honeycomb or voids.
D.
Water: Clean, fresh, drinkable.
E. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. -
F. Evaporation Reducer: The contractor may use an evaporation reducer equal to
"Confilm" as manufactured by Master Builders, Inc., on concrete slabs -on -
grade.
G. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, containing not more than 0.1%
chloride ions.
H. Set -Control Admixtures: ASTM C 494, as follows:
1. Type B, Retarding.
2. Type C, Accelerating.
3. Type D, Water -reducing and Retarding.
4. Type E. Water -reducing and Accelerating.
I. Calcium chloride will not be permitted in concrete, unless otherwise
authorized in writing by Architect.
J. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C 494, Type F
or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions.
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS:
j A. Waterstops: Provide flat, dumbell type or centerbulb type waterstops at
E construction joints and other joints as shown.
1. Provide either rubber or PVC waterstops, at Contractor's option, with
rubber units complying with Corps of Engineers CRD-C/513 and PVC units
complying with CRD-C/572.
B. Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers: Premolded cane fiber saturated with
asphalt. Unless indicated otherwise, 1/2" thickness by depth of slab.
-' C. Joint Sealing Compound: See Division 7 sections.
D. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
03300 - 3
E. Moisture -Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171.
1. Waterproof paper.:
2. Polyethylene film.
3. Polyethylene -coated burlap.
F. Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A unless other
type acceptable to the Architect.
2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES:
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete in accordance with
applicable provisions of ASTM C 94. Use an independent testing facility
acceptable to the Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control
testing unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect.
B. Prepare design mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience
methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each class of
concrete required, complying with ACI 211.1, ACI 301, and ACI 318.
1. Laboratory Trial Batches: When laboratory trial batches are used to
select concrete proportions, prepare test specimens in accordance with
ASTM C 192 and conduct strength tests in accordance with ASTM C 39,
specified in ACI 301. Establish a curve showing relationship between
water -cement ratio (or cement content) and compressive strength, with at
least 3 points representing batches which produce strengths above and
below that required. Use not less than 3 specimens tested at 28 days, or
an earlier age when acceptable to the Architect, to establish each point
on the curve.
2. Field Experience Method: When field experience methods are used to select
concrete proportions, establish proportions as specified in ACI 301.
Strength data for establishing standard deviation will be considered
suitable if the concrete production facility has certified records
consisting of at least 30 consecutive tests in one group or the
statistical average for 2 groups totaling 30 or more tests, representing
similar materials and project conditions.
3. If standard deviation exceeds 600 psi or if no suitable records are
available, select proportions to produce an average strength of at least
1200 psi greater than the required compressive strength of concrete.
4. After sufficient experience and test data become available from the job,
using ACI 214 methods of evaluation, the standard deviation may be reduced
when the probable frequency of an average of 3 consecutive tests below
required compressive strength will not exceed 1 in 100.
C. Submit written reports to the Architect of each proposed mix for each class
of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete
production until mixes have been reviewed by the Architect.
D. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties,
as indicated on the Drawings and schedules:
1. 3000 psi 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.58 maximum
(non -air -entrained), 0.46 maximum (air -entrained).
2. See Section 02514 for additional requirements for concrete mix design for
sitework concrete.
3. Flowable Lean Concrete Fill: Minimum of 3 sacks per cubic yard, 50% sand
and 50% small aggregate (maximum 3/8 inch diameter), poured at 5 to 8 inch
slump.
E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by the
Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, tests
results, or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner
and as accepted by the Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design
and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the Architect before
using in the work.
03300 - 4
2.6 ADMIXTURES:
A. Use water -reducing admixture or high range water -reducing admixture (super
plasticizer) in concrete as required for placement and workability.
B. Use non -chloride accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient
temperatures below 50 degrees F.
C. Use air -entrained admixture in exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise
indicated. Add air -entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate
to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content within the
following limits:
1. 5.5% with 1 1/2" maximum aggregate
2. 6.0% with 1" maximum aggregate
3. 6.0% with 3/4" maximum aggregate
4. 7.0% with 1/2" maximum aggregate
D. Use admixtures for water -reducing and set -control in strict compliance with
the manufacturer's directions.
E. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic
conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of
admixtures as required to maintain quality control.
2.7 SLUMP LIMITS:
A. Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at the point of
placement as follows:
1. Ramps and Sloping Surfaces: Not more than 3".
2. Reinforced Foundation Systems: Not less than 1" and not more than 3".
3. Concrete containing HRWR admixture (super plasticizer): Not more than 8"
after addition of HRWR to verified 2"-3" slump concrete.
4. All Other Concrete: Not more than 4".
2.8 CONCRETE MIXING:
A.
Ready -Mix Concrete:
Comply with the requirements of ANSI/ASTM C 94, and as
herein specified.
B.
Control of Mixing Water: When concrete arrives at the project with slump
below that suitable
for placing, water may be added only if neither the
maximum permissible
water -cement ratio nor the maximum permissible slump is
exceeded. The drum
shall be turned an additional 30 revolutions, or more if
necessary, until the
added water is uniformly mixed into the concrete.
C.
During hot weather,
or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of
concrete, a shorter
mixing time than specified in ANSI/ASTM C 94 may be
required.
D.
When the air temperature
is between 85 degrees F. and 90 degrees F., reduce
the mixing and delivery time from 1 1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when the air
temperature is above
90 degrees F., reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMS:
A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and
lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the
concrete structure. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are
of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position.
B. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to
cast -in -place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
03300 - 5
C. Forms shall not leak cement paste.
D.
Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the
concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping
may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces
�=
where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood
inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent
swelling and for easy removal.
E.
Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for
cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of
concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to form to
prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings on forms at
inconspicuous locations.
F.
Chamfer exposed corners and edges as shown, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber
chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge
joints.
G.
Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snapoff metal
form ties, designated to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling
concrete surfaces upon removal.
H.
Unless otherwise shown, provide ties so portion remaining within concrete
after removal is at least 1 1/2" inside concrete. Unless otherwise shown,
provide form ties which will not leave holes larger than 1" diameter in
-
concrete surface.
I.
Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to
accommodate work for other trades. Determine size and location of openings,
recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and
securely support items built into forms.
J.
Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to
-
receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just
before concrete is placed. Retighten forms after concrete placement if
required to eliminate mortar leaks.
3.2
PLACING REINFORCING:
A. Comply with the specified codes and standards, and Concrete Reinforcing Steel
Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details
and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other
materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by
formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support
reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as
required.
D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete
protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold
reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties
so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2" beyond the last leg of continuous
bar supports. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying
equipment and similar construction loads.
03300 - 6
3.3 JOINTS:
A. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as shown on the
Drawings. Install waterstops to form a continuous diaphragm in each joint.
Make provisions to support and protect waterstops during the progress of the
work. Fabricate field joints in waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's
printed instructions. Protect waterstop material from damage where it
protrudes from any point.
B. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs on
ground at all points of contact between slabs on ground and vertical surfaces,
such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams and elsewhere as
indicated.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS:
A. General: Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded
items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by,
cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and
directions provided by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto.
B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set
intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain
contours in the finished slab surface. Provide
strong to support the types of screed required.
to the elevation of the screed strips by the u
accepted compacting type screeds.
3.5 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES:
edge forms or bulkheads and
the required elevations and
and secure units sufficiently
Align the concrete surface
se of strike -off templates or
A. Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form -coating compound before
reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form -coating
compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete
surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces
requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede wetting of surfaces to be cured with
water or curing compounds.
B. Thin form -coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in amount,
and under conditions of the form -coating compound manufacturer's directions.
Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in the forms or to
come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be
placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
A. General:
1. Comply with ACI 304, and as herein specified.
2. Add fibrous concrete reinforcement to concrete materials at the time
concrete is batched in amounts in accordance with approved submittals for
this type of concrete. Mix batched concrete in strict accordance with the
fibrous concrete reinforcement manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion.
3. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no
concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to
cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section.
If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints
as herein specified.
4. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location to avoid
segregation due to rehandling or flowing.
B. Pre -Placement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete the
formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in.
Notify other crafts to permit the installation of their work; cooperate with
other trades in setting such work, as required. Thoroughly wet wood forms
immediately before placing concrete, where form coatings are not used.
03300 - 7
F
C. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not
deeper than 18" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. �}
1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented
by hand -spading, rodding or tamping. Use vibrators designed to operate
with vibratory element submerged in concrete, maintaining a speed of not
less than 6000 impulses per minute.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. Insert and
withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther
than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Do not insert vibrators
into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion,-t
limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to consolidate the
concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items
without causing segregation of the mix.
D. Placing Concrete Slabs:
1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within
the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section
is completed. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that
concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded
items and into corners.
2. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge and strike
off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free
of humps or hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do
not disturb the slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
3. Maintain reinforcing in the proper position during concrete placement
operations.
E. Cold
Weather Placing:
1.
Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could
be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance
with ACI 306 and as herein specified.
2.
When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degrees
F., uniformly heat all water and aggregate before mixing as required to
obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 degrees F., and
not more than 80 degrees F., at point of placement.
3.
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not
place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen
materials.
4.
Do not use calcium chloride, salt and other materials containing
antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in
mix designs.
F. Hot Weather Placing:
1. When hot weather conditions exist that could seriously impair the quality
and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and
as herein specified.
2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time
of placement below 90 degrees F. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped
ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water
equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing.
3. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot,
so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature
immediately before embedment in concrete. Wet form thoroughly before
placing concrete.
4. Do not use retarding admixtures unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
3.7 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES:
A. Standard Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed -to -view
in the finish work or by other construction, unless otherwise shown or
specified. This is the concrete surface having the texture imparted by the
form facing material used, with defective areas repaired and patched as L
specified, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed down
with wood blocks.
i
L_
03300 - 8
B. Standard Smooth Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed -to -view, or that
are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to the concrete or
a covering material bonded to the concrete, such as waterproofing,
dampproofing, painting or other similar system. This is the as -cast concrete
surface as obtained with the form facing material, with defective areas
repaired and patched as specified, and fins and other projections on the
surface completely removed and smoothed.
C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar
unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and
finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final
surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed
surfaces, unless otherwise shown.
3.8 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES:
A. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to
receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified, and as
shown on the Drawings or in schedules.
1. After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do not work surface
until ready for floating. Immediately after screeding, apply a coat of
evaporative reducer with a constant pressure sprayer. Spray surface
lightly and uniformly, covering the slab surface with a fine mist. Apply
to slabs according to manufacturer's directions. Begin floating when
surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently
to permit operation of power -driven floats or both. Consolidate surface
with power -driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or
inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to a tolerance
not exceeding 1/4" in 10 feet when tested with a 10 foot straightedge.
Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to
drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth,
granular texture.
B. Trowel Finish:
1. Apply trowel finish. to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be
exposed -to -view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be
covered with paint or other thinfilm finish coating system.
2. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven
trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as
trowel is moved over the surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final
hand troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and
appearance, and with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8" in 10
feet when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. Grind smooth surface
defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system.
C. Non -Slip Broom Finish:
1. Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps and
ramps, and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or in schedules.
2. Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by
brooming perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final
finish with the Architect before application.
3.9 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION:
A. General:
1. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold
or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant
temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and
proper hardening.
2. Start initial curing application as soon as free water has disappeared
from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting,
keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.
3. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and
before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least 168
cumulative hours (not necessarily consecutive) during which concrete has
been exposed to air temperatures above 50 degrees F. Avoid rapid drying
03300 - 9
at end of final curing period.
B. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by moist curing or by moisture
retaining cover curing or by membrane -forming curing compound and by
combinations thereof, as herein specified.
1. Provide moisture curing by following methods:
a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
Continuous water -fog spray.
b. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly
saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place
absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges,
with 4" lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Provide moisture -cover curing as follows:
a. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing
concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends
lapped at least 3" and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive.
Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using
cover material and waterproof tape.
3. Provide curing compound for slabs as follows:
a. Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon
as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours).
b. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller in
accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to
heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain
continuity of coating and repairing damage during curing period.
C. Do not apply membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be
covered with coating material applied directly to concrete,
waterproofing, dampproofing, painting, and other coatings and finish
materials, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
C. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides
of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with
forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms
are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable.
D. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Initially cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs,
and other flat surfaces by moist curing.
1. Final cure unformed surfaces, unless otherwise specified, by methods
specified above, as applicable.
2. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive paint by use of moisture -retaining
cover, unless otherwise directed.
3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS:
A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls,
columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively
curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing concrete,
provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal
operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.
B. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement, only if shores and
other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form facing
material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.
3.11 RE -USE OF FORMS:
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re -used in the work. Split, frayed,
delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable.
Apply new form coating compound material to concrete contact form surfaces az
specified for new formwork.
B. When forms are intended for successive
surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and
and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do
concrete surfaces, except as acceptable
concrete placement, thoroughly clean
tighten forms to close joints. Align
notuse "patched" forms for exposed
to Architect.
i
03300 - 10
~ 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS:
A. Patching Defective Areas:
1. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after
removal of forms, but only when acceptable to Architect.
g 2. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4" in any dimension, and
holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete, but in no case
to a depth of less than 1". Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the
concrete surface. Before placing cement mortar or proprietary patching
compound, thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush -coat the area to
be patched with neat cement grout, or proprietary bonding agent.
3. For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard
portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color
surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify
mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar
in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
B. Repair of Formed Surfaces:
1. Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot
be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such,
include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles,
honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on surface; and stains
and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out
form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs
secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects
that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. If defects cannot
be repaired, remove and replace the concrete.
C. Repair of Unformed Surfaces:
1.
Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and to
verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish.
Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces
sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using
a template having required slope.
2.
Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which adversely
affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing,
cracks in excess of 0.01" wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or
completely through non -reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling,
pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions.
(" 3.
Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has
cured at least 14 days.
4.
Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after
completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and
replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when
acceptable to Architects.
5.
Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not
exceeding 1" diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete.
Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and
x
expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4" clearance all around. Dampen
concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete, and brush with a neat
cement grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of
same materials to provide concrete of the same type or class as original
concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished
concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete.
6.
Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1" in diameter by
dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut-out holes to sound concrete
and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete
surfaces and brush with neat cement grout coating or concrete bonding
agent. Mix dry -pack, consisting of one part portland cement to 2 1/2
parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water
-
as required for handling and placing. Compact dry -pack mixture in place
and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously
moist for not less than 72 hours.
03300 - 11
D. Use epoxy -based mortar for structural repairs, where directed by Architect.
E. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of
Architect.
3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION:
A. The Owner will employ a testing laboratory to perform all other tests and to
submit test reports.
f�
B. Sampling and testing for quality control during the placement of concrete may
l_
include the following, as directed by the Architect.
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply
with ASTM C 94.
2. Slump: One test for each set of compressive strength test specimens
taken at point of discharge.
3. Air Content: ; ASTM C 231 pressure for normal weight concrete; one for
each set of compressive strength test specimens.
4. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 degrees F.
and below, and when 80 degrees F. and above; and each time a set of
compression test specimens made.
j
5. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for
each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store
cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when field -cure test
specimens are required.
6. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each 100 cu. yds. or
fraction thereof, of each concrete class placed in any one day or for each
5000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; 1 specimen tested at 7 days for
information only, 2 specimens tested at 28 days, and 1 specimen retained
in reserve for later testing if required. The acceptance test results
shall be the average of the strengths of the two specimens tested at 28
days.
a. When the frequency of testing will provide less than 5 strength tests
for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least 5
{
randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than 5 are
lj
used.
b. When the total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50
cu. yds., the strength test may be waived by the Architect if, in his
judgment, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided.
J
C. When the strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85% of
companion laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and
provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in -place
concrete.
C. Test results will be reported in writing to the Architect, Engineer and the
Contractor on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive
strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date
of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and
class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive
strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive
breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
D. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in -place
concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and other
characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by the
Architect. The testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of
concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as
directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests conducted, and any other
additional testing as may be required, when unacceptable concrete is verified.
END OF SECTION 03300
This section prepared by RTR Engineers, Inc.
OF T�\
� 4
I
..R.
V
03300 - 12
SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Gray concrete unit masonry used in the repair of existing masonry
walls where new hollow metal frames and/or lintels are indicated to be
installed.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate
to this Section:
1. Section 09900 Painting.
C. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include the
following:
1. Hollow metal frames in unit masonry openings specified in Division 8
Section "Custom Steel Doors and Frames."
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry
location to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture,
temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. If units
become wet, do not install until they are in an air-dried condition.
B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a
dry location.
C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be
maintained and contamination avoided.
D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and
accumulation of dirt and oil.
i
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. General: Provide shapes to match existing concrete masonry units.
1. Verify size with actual field measurements.
B. Gray Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 and as follows:
1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area
compressive strength indicated below:
a. Not less than the unit compressive strengths required to produce
concrete unit masonry construction of compressive strength
indicated.
2. Weight Classification: Medium weight.
3. Aggregates: Do not use aggregates made from pumice, scoria, or tuff.
1111K@11a
4. Provide Type I, moisture -controlled units.
5. Size: Manufactured to the actual dimensions indicated on Drawings
within tolerances specified in the applicable referenced ASTM
specification.
6. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless
otherwise indicated.
2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Provide natural color or white cement
as required to produce mortar color indicated.
B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.
1. For pigmented mortars, use premixed, colored masonry cements of
formulation required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated,
as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments shall
not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight for mineral oxides nor
1 percent for carbon black.
2. For colored -aggregate mortars, use masonry cement of natural color or
white as required to produce mortar color indicated.
C. Portland Cement -Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with
ASTM C 150, Type I and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207.
1. For pigmented mortars, use colored portland cement -lime mix of
formulation required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated,
as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments shall
not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight for mineral oxides
nor 2 percent for carbon black.
D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch, use
aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve.
E. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.
F. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides,
compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of
satisfactory performance in masonry mortars.
G. Ready -Mixed Mortar: Cementitious materials, water, and aggregate complying
with requirements specified in this Article; combined with set -controlling
admixtures to produce a ready -mixed mortar complying with ASTM C 1142.
H. Water: Potable.
2.3 MASONRY CLEANERS
A. Job -Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of &i-cup dry measure tetrasodium
polyphosphate and li-cup dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal.
of water.
2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents,
accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or
other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
2. Add cold -weather admixture (if used) at the same rate for all mortar,
regardless of weather conditions, in order to ensure that mortar color
is consistent.
B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification,
for types of mortar indicated below:
MIF#1
1. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior use to portland
cement and lime.
2. For masonry below grade and above grade, use type indicated below:
a. Type: S.
C.
Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency
indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fine or coarse)
at time of placement that will completely fill spaces intended to receive
grout.
1. Use fine grout in grout spaces less than 2 inches in horizontal
dimension, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches or more in least horizontal
dimension, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3
- EXECUTION
-. 3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
-
unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing
conditions detrimental to performance of unit masonry.
B.
Examine rough -in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of
piping connections prior to installation.
3.2
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction
to the full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual
thickness of the masonry units, using units of thickness indicated.
B.
Cut masonry units with motor -driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped
edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit
adjoining construction. Use full-size units without cutting, where
possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing,
unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces
and, where possible, cut edges concealed.
3.3
MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A.
Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows:
1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.
2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses
of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or
cavities to be filled with grout.
3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out
full mortar bed, including areas under cells.
4. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required
to maintain bond alignment. If not indicated, lay walls with 3/8-inch
joints.
B. Lay solid brick -size masonry units with completely filled bed and head
joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove
into place. Do not furrow bed joints or slush head joints.
1. At cavity walls, slope beds toward cavity to minimize mortar
protrusions into cavity. As work progresses, trowel mortar fins
protruding into cavity flat against cavity face of brick.
04200 - 3
C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer
larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls that are to receive plaster or other
direct -applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated.
3.4 LINTELS
A. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more 24 inches for
block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting
lintels.
1. Provide lintels which will match smooth -faced units used in continuous
banding patterns.
2. Provide built -in -place masonry lintels using smooth -face units.
Masonry contractor shall saw cut smooth -faced stretcher units to
provide knock out beam blocks to provide lintels which match smooth -
face banding units in color and texture. Use specially formed
(matching smooth -faced units) bond beam units with reinforcement bars
placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Temporarily support
built -in -place lintels until cured.
B. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.5 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained,
or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new
units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed
to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except
weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point -up joints, including
corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform
appearance. Prepare joints for application of sealants.
C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing
to remove mortar fins and smears prior to tooling joints.
D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed
masonry as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and
nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel
uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of
sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry.
3. Protect adjacent nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by
covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film,
or waterproof masking tape.
4. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove
cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2
applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces.
E. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure
unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION 04200
04200 - 4
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
(' A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Definition: Metal fabrications include items made from iron and steel
shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not
a part of structural steel or other metal systems specified elsewhere.
B. Extent of metal fabrications is indicated on drawings and as specified
herein.
C. Types of work in this section include metal fabrications for:
�1. Rough hardware.
2. Loose bearing and leveling plates.
3. Loose steel lintels.
4. Miscellaneous framing and supports.
�-' D. Stainless steel pool rails are specified in Division 13.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to
minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary
for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, anchor details and
installation instructions for products used in miscellaneous metal
fabrications, including paint products and grout.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of
miscellaneous metal fabrications. Include plans, elevations and details
of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide
templates for anchor and bolt installation by others.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
FERROUS METALS
A.
Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which
will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of
surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled
trade names and roughness.
B.
Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36.
C.
Steel Tubing: Cold formed, ASTM A 500; or hot rolled, ASTM A 501.
D.
Structural Steel Sheet: Hot -rolled, ASTM A 570; or cold -rolled ASTM A
611, Class 1; of grade required for design loading.
-- E.
Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446, of grade required for
design loading. Coating designation as indicated, or if not indicated, G90.
F.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type and grade (if applicable) as selected by
fabricator and as required for design loading; black finish unless
05500 - 1
a
galvanizing is indicated; standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise
indicated.
G. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30.
H. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, grade as selected by fabricator.
I. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type
material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.
J. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings,
either malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts,
washers and shims as required, hot -dip galvanized, ASTM A 153.
2.2 GROUT
A. Non -Shrink Non -Metallic Grout: Pre -mixed, factory -packaged, non -staining,
non -corrosive, non-gaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C621. Provide grout
specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior
applications of type specified in this section.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide zinc -coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into
exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required.
B. . Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A.
C. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-561.
D. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92.
E. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-111.
F. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92.
G. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF-S-325.
H. Toggle Bolts: Tumble -wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class and style as
required.
I. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84.
2.4 PAINT
A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Manufacturer's or Fabricator's standard,
fast -curing, lead-free, "universal" primer; selected for good resistance
to normal atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with finish paint systems
indicated and for compatibility to provide a sound foundation for
field -applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure; complying with
performance requirements of FS TT-P-645.
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing
welds in galvanized steel, complying with the Military Specifications
MIL-P-21035 (Ships) or SSPC-Paint-20.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Workmanship: Use materials of size and thickness indicated or, if not
indicated, as required to produce strength and durability in finished
product for use intended. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on
shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type
of materials indicated or specified for various components of work.__
B. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces
and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of
approximately 1/32" unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to
05500 - 2
smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise
impairing work.
C.
Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations.
At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and
blend with adjoining surfaces.
D.
Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using
concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type
indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat- head (countersunk) screws or
bolts.
E.
Provide for anchorage of type indicated, coordinated with supporting
structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate
support for intended use.
F.
Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to
receive finish hardware and similar items.
G.
Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items indicated or specified
to be galvanized, as follows:
1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
2. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes,
plates, bars and strip 1/8" thick and heavier.
3. ASTM A 386 for galvanizing assembled steel products.
H.
Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude
water or provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
2.6
SHOP PAINTING
A.
Apply shop primer to surfaces of metal fabrications except those which are
galvanized or as indicated to be embedded in concrete or masonry, unless
otherwise indicated, and in compliance with requirements of SSPC-PA1 "paint
Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting.
B.
Surface Preparation: Prepare ferrous metal surfaces to comply with
minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation
specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal
fabrications:
1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning".
2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning".
2.7
ROUGH HARDWARE
A. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors,
hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required
# for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork
to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough
hardware items are specified in Division-6 sections.
B. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish
malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural
connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers.
2.8 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES:
A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry
or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of
required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts
and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication.
2.9 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS:
--' A. Provide loose structural steel lintels for openings and recesses in
05500 - 3
t
masonry walls and partitions as shown. Weld adjoining members together to
form a single unit where indicated. Provide not less than 8" bearing at
each side of openings, unless otherwise indicated.
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS:
A. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part of
structural steel framework, as required to complete work.
B. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles indicated or,
if not indicated, of required dimensions to receive adjacent other work
to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate
from structural steel shapes, plates and steel bars, of welded
construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and
tap units to receive hardware and similar items.
C. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or
building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after
concrete is placed.
1. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24" o.c. and provide
minimum anchor units of 1-1/4" x 1/4" x 8" steel straps.
D. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports where indicated.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Provide shapes and sizes for profiles shown. Unless otherwise indicated,
fabricate units from structural steel shapes, plates and steel bars,
with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed
field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings and
anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation with
other work.
B. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim where indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop
drawings and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress;
allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before
fabrication might delay work.
B. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates,
instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as
concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having
integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry
construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and
fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to
in -place construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and
masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through -bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and
other connectors as required.
B. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting
required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work
accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free
of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary
bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into
concrete masonry or similar construction.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline
05500 - 4
joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but
cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed
joints smooth and touch-up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the
surfaces of exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after
fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections.
D. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded
metal -arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used
in correcting welding work.
E. Setting Loose Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of
any bond -reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean
bottom surface of bearing plates.
F. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable
devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed,
tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if
protruding, cut-off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing
with grout. Use metallic non -shrink grout in concealed locations where not
exposed to moisture; use non-metallic non -shrink grout in exposed locations,
unless otherwise indicated.
G. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no
voids remain.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds,
bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas
with same material as used for shop painting.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0
mils.
B. For galvanized surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded
areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05500
05500 - 5
E
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking.
2. Miscellaneous framing and items for temporary closures, guards, runways
and ladders.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other
` Sections and generally not exposed, unless otherwise specified.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required
for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds
and similar supports to allow attachment of other work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL
A. Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20
"American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of
inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's
(ALSC) Board of Review.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction
including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks,
nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members.
B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and
into shapes shown.
( C. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to
i receive wood preservative treatment.
I D. Grade: "Standard" grade light -framing -size lumber of any species or board -
size lumber as required. "No. 3 Common" or "Standard" grade boards per
WCLIB or WWPA rules or "No. 2 Boards" per SPIB rules.
2.3 CONSTRUCTION PANELS FOR BACKING
A. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment,
provide fire -retardant -treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA
C-D PLUGGED EXPOSURE 1, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise
indicated, not less than 15/32 inch (12 mm).
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with
requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.
06100 - 1
1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in
area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot -dip zinc
coating per ASTM A 153 or of AISI Type 304 stainless steel.
B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105.
C. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1.
E. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. (ANSI B18.2.3.8M)
F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property
Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and where indicated, flat
washers.
2.5 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. General: Provide metal framing anchors of type, size, metal, and finish
indicated that comply with requirements specified including the following:
1. Current Evaluation/Research Reports: Provide products for which model
code evaluation/research reports exist that are acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of metal
framing anchors for application indicated with the building code in
effect for this Project.
2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products for which manufacturer
publishes allowable design loads that are determined from empirical
data or by rational engineering analysis and that are demonstrated by
comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing
laboratory.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with
APA AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel
indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough
carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough
carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.
B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and
true to line and cut and fitted.
C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for
accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds,
and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.
D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening
as indicated.
E. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes.
F. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for
finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where
opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.
Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting
of wood; predrill as required.
06100 - 2
i
3.2 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS
A. Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where
required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown
and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached.
Coordinate location with other work involved.
B. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink
bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into
masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to
formwork before concrete placement.
C. Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key -bevelled
lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to
bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove
temporary grounds when no longer required.
END OF SECTION 06100
06100 - 3
SECTION 07900 - CAULKING AND SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.
The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and
Division-1 Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
Extent of caulking and sealants is indicated on the drawings and shall
include the following:
1. Joint fillers and sealants required for new expansion joints in new
concrete pool, pool deck and other concrete work.
2. The replacement of all existing joint fillers and sealants in
existing expansion joints located within the existing swimming pool
bowl (gutter, walls and floor) and pool deck.
3. Exterior joint treatment at all door frames, window frames, masonry
control joints and other exterior applications as required to
produce a moisture proof structure.
4. Interior joint treatment at items and fixtures where necessary to
fill cracks and joints.
B.
Related Products: Waterstop products for concrete installations are
indicated on the Drawings.
1.3
SYSTEM PERFORMANCES
A.
Provide joints sealers that have been produced and installed to establish
and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data from manufacturers for each joint sealer product required,
including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer
application.
B.
Product Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Manufacturer's standard
bead samples consisting of strips of actual products showing full range
of colors available, for each product exposed to view.
C.
Product Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint
sealer required. Install joint sealer samples in 1/2 inch wide joints
formed between two 6 inch long strips of material matching the appearance
of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealers.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.
Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or
bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and
designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time and
mixing instructions for multi -component materials.
B.
Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturers'
recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture,
high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes.
1.6
DELIVERY PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A.
Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the
limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers.
C��tZ�Ziai1
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer
manufacturer for application indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL:
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related
materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates
under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant
manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealer indicated or, if not
otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's
standard colors.
2.2 SWIMMING POOL DECK, BOWL AND PAVEMENT SEALANTS:
A. General: Provide sealant which is approved for use with high traffic
concrete surfaces and continuous water immersion.
B. One -Part Urethane, Self -leveling Sealant: Equal to Sonneborn, Sonolastic
SL 1, complying with the FS TT-S-00230C, Type I Class A; ASTM C-920,
Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Use T, M.
2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS:
A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically
curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with
ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade,
Class and Uses. Colors shall be as selected by Architect.
B. General One -Part Nonacid -Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS;
Class 50; and complying with the FS TT-S001543A and FS TT-S-00230C.
1. Uses T, NT, M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
indicated, 0.
2. 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of
100 percent movement.
C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
1. One -Part Nonacid -Curing Silicone Sealant:
2. "Dow Corning 790"; Dow Corning Corp.
3. "864"; Pecora Corp.
4. "Rhodorsil 5C"; Rhone-Poulenc Inc.
5. "Spectrum 1"; Tremco, Inc.
2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS:
A. Acrylic -Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag,
mildew -resistant, acrylic -emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834,
formulated to be painted and recommended for exposed applications on
interior and on protected exterior locations involving joint movement of
not more than plus or minus 5 percent.
B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, latex joint
sealants which may be incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. "Chem -Calk 600"; Bostik Construction Products Div.
2. "AC-20"; Pecora Corp.
3. "Sonolac"; Sonneborn Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chem. Prod.,
Inc._
07900 - 2
4. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834"; Tremco Inc.
2.5 JOINT SEALANT BACKING:
A General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are
nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and
other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by
sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
�! B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient,
nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible, nongassing plastic foam of
material indicated below; nonabsorbent to water and gas; and of size,
shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to
producing optimum sealant performance.
1. Either open cell polyurethane foam or closed -cell polyethylene foam,
unless otherwise indicated, subject to approval of sealant
manufacturer, for cold -applied sealants only.
C. Elastomeric Tubing Joint -Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone
tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, capable
of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 deg F (-15 deg C).
Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to
provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth and otherwise
contribute to optimum sealant performance.
D. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as
recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering
to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of
joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide
self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where
required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as
determined from pre -construction joint sealer -substrate tests and field
tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaners
of type which are acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant
backing materials, which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent
nonporous materials, and which do not leave oily residues or otherwise
have a detrimental effect on sealant adhesion or in-service performance.
C. Masking Tape: Provide nonstaining, nonabsorbent type compatible with
joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealers, with Installer present
for compliance with requirements for joint configurations, installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Do
not proceed with installation of joint sealers until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION:
A. Examine Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before
installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer
manufacturers and the following requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could
( interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints,
07900 - 3
except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for
sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; old
joint sealers; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellents; water;
surface dirt and frost.
2. Clean concrete,masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and
similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast
cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to
produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond
with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above
cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free
compressed air.
3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.
4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic
tile and other nonporous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other
means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable
of interfering with adhesion of joint sealers.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where
recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint
sealer -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with
joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of
joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of
sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently
stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to
remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without
disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS:
A. General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation
instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except
where more stringent requirements apply.
B. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations
of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,
applications and conditions indicated.
C. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C
790 for use of latex sealants.
D. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply
with the following requirements:
E. Install Joint -fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants
during application and at position required to produce the
cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint
widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint -fillers.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint fillers.
3. Remove absorbent joint -fillers which have become wet prior to
sealant application and replace with dry material.
F. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint fillers, compression
seals or back of joints where adhesion of sealant to surfaces at back of
joints would result in sealant failure.
G. Install compressible seals serving as sealant backings to comply with
requirements indicated above for joint fillers. E
07900 - 4
I
H. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that
result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint
substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint
configuration and providing uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths
relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
I. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and
prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth,
uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets and to
ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove
excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling
agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved
by sealant manufacturer.
1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTM C 962,
unless otherwise indicated.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent surfaces free of sealant excesses or smears. Use solvent or
cleaning agent as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
B. Leave all finished work in a neat, clean condition. Remove all debris
resulting from these operations from the site.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with
contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction
operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage
at time of substantial completion. If damage or deterioration occurs, cut
out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal
joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with
repaired areas indistinguishable from original work.
END OF SECTION 07900
07900 - 5
'•;� SECTION 08114 - CUSTOM STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes custom steel doors and door frames as indicated and
scheduled on the drawings.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate
to this Section:
1. Section 08710 Finish Hardware.
2. Section 09900 Painting.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details
of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label
compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes.
C. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of steel doors and
frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design
types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and
installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and
details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
D. Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames using same reference
numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI/SDI 100 "Recommended
Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified.
B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical
to door and frame assemblies tested for fire -test -response characteristics
per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard -wrapped or crated to provide protection
during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent
damage to finish of factory -finished doors and frames.
B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be
repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to
Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum
4-inch high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters
that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become
wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4-inch spaces between
stacked doors to promote air circulation.
08114 - 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop
Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified.
B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise
indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced
securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is
completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth
and undamaged.
1. Except for frames located in existing concrete, masonry, or gypsum '
board assembly construction, place frames before constructing enclosing
walls and ceilings.
2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb [
adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights
on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and
masonry T-shaped anchors.
3. At existing concrete or masonry construction, install at least 3 r
completed opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge
jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Set frames and secure
to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices.
4. Install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80.
C.. Door Installation: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within
clearances specified in ANSI/SDI 100.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Prime Coat Touchup: After erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas
of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying primer.
B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective
wrappings from doors and frames.
C. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items,
leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper
operating condition.
END OF SECTION 08114
08114 - 4
SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. The extent of finish hardware is shown on the Drawings and as scheduled
herein.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate
to this Section:
1. Section 08114 Custom Steel Doors And Frames.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and
Division 1 Specification sections.
B. Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item
of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts
and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with
requirements.
C. Final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to
ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
1. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated, organize
schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every
item required for each door or opening. Include the following
information:
a. Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item.
b. Name and manufacturer of each item.
C. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
d. Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on
Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
e. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in
schedule.
f. Mounting locations for hardware.
g. Door and frame sizes and materials.
h. Keying information.
D. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared
P for the installation of door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work
to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing
door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier,
that has a record of successful in-service performance for supplying
hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this
Project and that employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant
(AHC) who is available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable
times during the course of the Work, for consultation.
1 08710 - 1
1. Require supplier to meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and
to obtain final instructions in writing.
1.5
PRODUCT HANDLING
A.
Tag each item or package separately with identification related to final
hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each
item or package.
PART 2
- PRODUCTS
2.1
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
A.
Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other
distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated in the
"Hardware Schedule" at the end of this Section.
1. Manufacturer's Product Designations: The product designation and name
of one manufacturer are listed for each hardware type required for the
purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Provide either the
product designated or, where more than one manufacturer is specified
under the Article "Manufacturers" in Part 2 for each hardware type, the
comparable product of one of the other manufacturers that complies with
requirements.
2.2
MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A.
Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturers' products that have
manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit
removable nameplates) except in conjunction with required fire -rated labels
and as otherwise acceptable to Architect.
1. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock
cylinders only.
B.
Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method
indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper,
and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality
than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI/BHMA A156
series standards for each type of hardware item and with ANSI/BHMA A156.18
for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or
forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified.
C.
Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates,
generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware
that has been prepared for self -tapping sheet metal screws, except as
specifically indicated.
D.
Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips
flat -head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed'
under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in
surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as closely as
(`
possible including "prepared for paint" surfaces to receive painted finish.
E. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units that are exposed when door
is closed except to the extent no standard units of type specified are
available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation
where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless
their use is the only means of reinforcing the work adequately to fasten the
hardware securely. Where thru-bolts are used as a means of reinforcing the
work, provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex screw fasteners.
2.3 HINGES, BUTTS, AND PIVOTS
t
A. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both
08710 - 2
Ileaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template -produced units.
B. Screws: Provide Phillips flat -head screws complying with the following
requirements:
1. For metal doors and frames install machine screws into drilled and
tapped holes.
2. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.
C. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows:
1. Out -Swing Exterior Doors: Nonremovable pins.
2. Out -Swing Corridor Doors with Locks: Nonremovable pins.
3. Tips: Flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves, except
where hospital tip (HT) indicated.
D. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3
hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2250 mm) or less in height and one
additional hinge for each 30 inches (750 mm) of additional height.
2.4 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING
A. General: Supplier will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and
obtain final instructions in writing.
1. Except as otherwise indicated, masterkey to existing City of Lubbock
Parks and Recreation masterkey system.
B. Comply with Owner's instructions for keying and, except as otherwise
indicated, provide individual change key for each lock which is not
designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks.
1. Permanently inscribe each key with a number that identifies each lock
and cylinder manufacturer key symbol.
C. Keys Material and Quantity:
1. Provide keys of nickle silver only.
2. Furnish 3 change keys for each lock and 5 masterkeys for each master
system.
3. Deliver all keys to Owner's representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable
publications, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with
governing regulations and except as otherwise directed by Architect.
1. NWWDA Industry Standard I.S.1.7, "Hardware Locations for Wood Flush
Doors."
B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is required to
install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or
finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or
application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the
Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes
have been completed on the substrates involved.
£ C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce
the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.
D. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage
08710 - 3
fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry}
standards.
E.
Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the
extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated.
3.2
ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND DEMONSTRATING
A.
Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure
4
proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be
adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application
made.
B.
Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.
3.3
HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A.
General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of
Section "Door Hardware," hardware set numbers indicated in door schedule,
and in the following schedule of hardware sets.
1. Hardware sets indicate quantity, item, manufacturer and product
designation, size, and finish or color, as applicable. All hardware
and hardware mounting heights shall comply with current ADA/TAS
standards.
B.
Hardware Set No. 1: New Hollow Metal Door Marked # 1
each to have:
1. 1.5 pr Hinges BB1168 5 x 4.5 x USP NRP Hager
2. 1 Lockset CL3451 NZD x 626 - BST Corbin
3. 1 Deadlock DL3100 x 626 - BST Corbin
4. 1 Wall stop 1276CCS x Us26D Trimco
5. 3 Silencers 1229 Pemko
C.
Hardware Set No. 2: Existing Tubular Steel Door to be installed in new
hollow metal frame Marked # 2
each to have:
1. 1.5 pr Hinges BB1168 4.5 x 4.5 x USP NRP Hager
2. 3 Silencers 1229 Pemko
3. Reuse existing Deadlock
4. Reuse existing weldable steel Lock Box
Verify size of existing components and existing conditions with field
measurements.
End of Hardware Schedule
END OF SECTION 08710
08710 - 4 i
i
1 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of new
and existing exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces.
1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this
Section are in addition to shop -priming and surface treatment specified
under other Sections.
B. The extent of painting work shall be coordinated with the drawings and as
herein specified. The work shall generally consist of the following:
1. Surface preparation and painting of all new construction and all
existing structures (exterior and interior) to include, fascias,
soffits, ceilings, -steel siding, pipe columns, doors, frames, screens,
concrete masonry walls/partitions, concrete walls, wood benches, steel
bench supports, wood trim, wood shelving and all other previously
painted surfaces.
2. Sandblasting, surface preparation and painting of existing swimming
pool bowl including gutters, portions of pool deck, deck lettering as
indicated on the Drawings and previously painted pool equipment.
3. Surface preparation and painting of new concrete pools and deck
lettering.
C. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules,
except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be
painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not
specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or
surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select
from standard colors or finishes available.
1. Painting includes field -painting exposed bare and covered pipes and
ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work,
and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment.
D. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces,
concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels.
1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual
or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification,
performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
E. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate
to this Section:
1. Refer to Section 02513 for traffic markings.
2. Refer to Section 07900 for caulking and sealants.
3. Divisions 15 and 16: Painting mechanical and electrical work is
specified in Divisions 15 and 16, respectively.
09900 - 1
a,
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and
primers.
1. Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storage, and application of
each material proposed for use.
2. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish
system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's
catalog number and general classification.
3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with
local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
C. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color
charts.
1. After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for
surfaces to be coated.
D. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and
material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on
representative samples of the actual substrate.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has
completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to
those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record
of successful in-service performance.
B. Single -Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced
by the same manufacturer as the finish coats.
C. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components,
duplicate finishes of prepared samples. Provide full -coat finish samples
on at least 100 sq. ft. of surface until required sheen, color, and texture
are obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in -place
work.
1. Final acceptance of colors will be from job -applied samples.
2. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and
conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. Apply
coatings in this room or surface according to the schedule or as
specified.
a. After finishes are accepted, this room or surface will be used to
evaluate coating systems of a similar nature.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened
packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the €�
following information:
1. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). i
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.-
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
i
09900 - 2
l
7. Color name and number.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -
ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain
containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials
and residue.
1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove
oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that
workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards
resulting from handling, mixing, and application.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted
and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F and 90 deg F.
B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be
painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F and 95 deg F.
C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative
humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 F deg above the
dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas
to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits
specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of
one of the following:
1. Coronado Paint Company. (CP).
2. The Glidden Company (Glidden).
3. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore).
4. Kelly -Moore Paint Co. (K-M).
5. PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (PPG).
6. Pratt and Lambert (P & L).
7. The Sherwin-Williams Company (S-W).
8. Technical Coatings, Inc. (TCI).
1 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat
materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and
the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as
demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best -quality trade sale paint
material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers
not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.
1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to
designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products
named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products
of other manufacturers. Furnish the manufacturer's material data and
certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.
C. Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect from the
manufacturer's full range of standard colors.
09900 - 3
c__
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for
compliance with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint
must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied.
1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of
surfaces and conditions within a particular area.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided
to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On
request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to
ensure use of compatible primers.
1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials
specified over substrates primed by others.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined
surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are
not to be painted, or provide surface -applied protection prior to surface
preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely
paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting
operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled
in the trades involved.
B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the
substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings.
Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so
dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet,
newly painted surfaces.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to
the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and
as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
Notify Architect in writing about anticipated problems using the
specified finish -coat material with substrates primed by others.
2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block,
cement plaster, and mineral -fiber -reinforced cement panel surfaces to
be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and
release agents. Roughen, as required, to remove glaze. If hardeners
or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of
surface preparation.
a. Use abrasive blast -cleaning methods if recommended by the paint
manufacturer.
b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by
performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently
alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct
this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where
moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed
directions.
C. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of
muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with
clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow
to dry, and vacuum before painting.
CiZZ'Z�Z��1
3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with
scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces
exposed to view smooth and dust off.
a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat
of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying
primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish
surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when
dried.
b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon
delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of
wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling.
C. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish.
d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster,
or other wet wall construction occurs on backside.
e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a
heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery.
4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have
not been shop -coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and
other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods
that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting
Council (SSPC).
a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system
manufacturer and according to requirements of SSPC specification
SSPC-SP 10.
b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal
treatment wash coat before priming.
C. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been
damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint
manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat.
5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based
solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants.
Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil
stock by mechanical methods.
D. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according
to manufacturer's directions.
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean
condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform
density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film
into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before
using.
3. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within
recommended limits.
E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification
of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint
undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient
differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use
applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material
being applied.
B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or
conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
09900 - 5
1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and
restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates,
as indicated.
B. Concrete Swimming Pool Surfaces: Existing surfaces to be sandblasted to
remove existing paint and coating systems.
1. Lusterless (Flat) Chlorinated Rubber Coating System: Recoat finish
system including cleaning, etching, primer and two finish coats.
a. Cleaning Solution: As recommended by paint manufacturer.
b. Etching Solution: As recommended by paint manufacturer.
C. Prime Coat: Chlorinated Rubber Primer (FS TT-P-95).
d. First and Second Coats: Chlorinated Rubber Coating (FS TT-P-95,
Type I, Class I.
C. Concrete Masonry Units:
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over block filler.
a. Block Filler: PPG: 6-7 Speedhide Masonry Latex Block Filler.
b. First and Second Coats: PPG: 72 Line Sun -Proof Exterior Flat
Latex House Paint.
D. Ferrous Metal:
1. Flat Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over rust -inhibitive
primer.
a. Primer: PPG: 6-208 Speedhide Rust Inhibitive Steel Primer.
b. First and Second Coats: PPG: 50-52 Speedhide Exterior Lo-Luster
House Paint - Oil.
f
E. Zinc -Coated Metal:
1. Semigloss Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized
metal primer.
a. Primer: PPG: 90-709 Pitt -Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior
Primer/Finish DTM Industrial Enamel.
b. First and Second Coats: PPG: 6-282 Speedhide Oil Enamel.
F. Wood:
1. Low -Luster Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: PPG: 1-70 or 1-870 Sun -Proof Exterior Wood Primer.
b. First and Second Coats: PPG: 76 Line Sun -Proof Exterior House &
Trim Acrylic Satin Latex.
END OF SECTION 09900
1 • •IIII� i
SECTION 10425 - SPECIALTY SIGNS
1_.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following types of signs:
1. Pole mounted handicap parking signs (two required).
2. Surfaced mounted handicap parking sign (one required).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings showing fabrication and erection of signs. Include plans,
elevations, and large-scale sections of typical members and other
components. Show anchors, grounds, layout, reinforcement, accessories, and
installation details.
1. Provide message list for each sign required, including large-scale
details of wording and lettering layout.
2. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, provide
setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor
bolts and other anchors to be installed as a unit of Work in other
Sections.
3. Templates: Furnish full-size spacing templates for individually
mounted dimensional letters and numbers.
B.
Samples: Provide samples of each sign component for initial selection of
color, pattern and surface texture as required and for verification of
compliance with requirements indicated.
- 1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Sign Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing signs similar
to those indicated for this Project, with a record of successful in-service
performance, and sufficient production capacity to produce sign units
required without causing delay in the Work.
B.
ADA and EAB Compliance: All applicable signs and interior identification
plates shall comply with all current ADA and EAB standards and requirements.
All signs shall be furnished with braille or other tactile graphics
recommended for use by the physically handicapped.
-- C.
Single -Source Responsibility: For each separate sign type required, obtain
signs from one source of a single manufacturer.
D.
Design Concept: The Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional
requirements of signs and are based on the specific types and models
indicated. Sign units by other manufacturers may be considered provided
deviations in dimensions and profiles do not change the design concept as
judged by the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is on the
proposer.
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop
drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Show recorded
measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with
construction progress to avoid delay.
10425 - 1
r
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 HANDICAP PARKING SIGNS
A. Pole Mounted Handicap Parking Signs: Fabricated from 18 gauge bonderized
steel or .063" aluminum with white baked enamel background and colored
screen printed graphics.
1. Size: As indicated on drawings.
2. Graphics: as indicated on drawings.
3. Post Design: 2" diameter aluminum post with cap.
4. Mounting: Mounting height shall be in accordance with current ADA and
EAB Standards.
B. Surface Mounted Handicap Parking Signs: Fabricated from 18 gauge bonderized
steel or .063" aluminum with white baked enamel background and colored
screen printed graphics.
1. Size: As indicated on drawings.
2. Graphics: Letters and international symbols as indicated on drawings.
3. Mounting: On building.
4. Mounting Height: Mounting height shall be in accordance with current
ADA and EAB Standards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, using mounting
methods of the type described and in compliance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
1. Install signs level, plumb, and at the height indicated, with sign
surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance.
B. Wall -Mounted Signs: Attach signs to wall surfaces using the methods
indicated below:
1. Securely mount signs in strict accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and with concealed, theft -proof fasteners where
appropriate.
2. Install on walls adjacent to strike side of doors, 8" maximum distance
from the door jamb and 60" above floor to the center of the sign.
3. Comply with all Rules of the State of Texas Program for the Elimination
of Architectural Barriers and the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990.
C. Pole Mounted Signs: Mount signs at heights indicated on Drawings, or as
directed by Architect.
1. Concrete Base: Set poles in poured concrete base as indicated on
Drawings, and if not indicated, in holes a minimum of 10" in diameter
and 18" deep.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to the
manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from damage until acceptance by
the Owner.
END OF SECTION 10425
10425 - 2
SECTION 13152 - SWIMMING POOL RAILS AND LADDERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. The extent of swimming pool rails and ladders is indicated on the Drawings
and as specified herein.
B. Types of work and items specified in this section include the following:
1. Installation of 2 standard 72" 3-bend stainless steel pool rails.
2. Installation of 4 standard 48" 3-bend stainless steel pool rails.
3. Installation of 3 custom made 2-bend stainless steel pool rails.
4. Installation of 27 custom made single bend stainless steel pool rails.
5. Installation of 4 new anchor sockets for relocation of existing
cross -braced pool ladders.
C. Electrical bonding requirements are specified in Division 16.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and
Division 1 Specifications Sections.
B. Product data for each item specified, including construction details
relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting method,
specified options, and finishes.
C. Shop drawings of custom made items, indicating materials, gauges,
fabrication dimensions, quantities, sizes, anchors and installation details.
D. Setting drawings where cutouts are required in other work, including
templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing
cutouts and installing anchorage devices.
E. Maintenance instructions including replaceable parts and service
recommendations.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single -Source Responsibility: Provide products of same manufacturer for
each type of unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless
otherwise acceptable to Architect.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Coordinate rail locations, installation, and sequencing with
other work to avoid interference with and ensure proper installation,
operation, adjustment, cleaning, and servicing.
B. Architect Approval: Verify locations and mounting heights of all items with
Architect before installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Stainless Steel Pool Rails: AISI Type 304 stainless steel 1-1/2" O.D. or
1.9" O.D. x 16 gauge with bright polished No. 4 finish.
13152 - 1
2.2
SWIMMING POOL RAILS AND LADDERS
�t
A.
Standard 3-Bend Pool Rail: Equal to, Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc.
(TSM) Model No. PT-243 A36" x B72"
1. For each rail provide two TSM Model No. PT-280 Sockets.
2. For each rail provide two TSM Model No. PT-284 Institutional Cover
Plates.
B.
Standard 2-Bend Pool Rail: Equal to, Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc.
(TSM) Model No. PT-242 A26" x B48"
1. For each rail provide two TSM Model No. PT-280 Sockets.
2. For each rail provide two TSM Model No. PT-284 Institutional Cover^
Plates.
C.
Custom 2-Bend Pool Rail: 1-1/2" O.D. stainless steel rail with welded
flanges (three hole design) as detailed on the Drawings.
_t
1. For each rail flange provide one 20 gauge stainless steel cover plate.
2. For each flange
,
provide three stainless steel anchor screws or pins to
be set in holes drilled in
concrete and filled with epoxy.
D.
Custom Single Bend Pool Rail: 1-1/2" O.D. stainless steel rail with welded
=,
flanges (three hole design) as detailed on the Drawings.
1. For each rail flange provide one 20 gauge stainless steel cover plate.
2. For each flange
_E
provide three stainless steel anchor screws or pins to
be set in holes drilled in
concrete and filled with epoxy.
E.
Cross -braced Ladder Anchor Sockets (for existing pool ladders): Equal to,
TSM Model No. PT-280 Sockets.
1. Verify existing ladder pipe dimensions with field measurements.
2.
For each socket provide one TSM Model No. PT-284 Institutional Cover
Plate.
PART 3
- EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
All pool rails and ladders to be assembled and installed in accordance with
ANSI/NSPI
standards.
B.
Install swimming pool items and rails according to manufacturers'
instructions
and approved shop drawings using fasteners appropriate to
substrate
as recommended by item manufacturer. Install items plumb and
level and firmly anchored.
C.
Install pool items in locations and heights indicated, and if not indicated,
as directed
by Architect. All mounting locations and heights shall comply
with current ADA standards.
D.
All new swimming pool items and rails shall be properly attached to existing
electrical bonding
_
conductor system. Refer to Division 16 for requirements.
3.2
CLEANING
A.
Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's
recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings.
END OF SECTION 10800
13152 - 2
'l
SECTION 15000 - GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
SPECIAL NOTE:
The Plans and Specifications, including the supplements issued
thereto, Information to Bidders, and other pertinent documents
issued by the Architect, are a part of these specifications and
the accompanying plans, and shall be complied with in every
respect. All the above is included herewith, will be issued
separately or is on file at the Architect's office, and shall be
examined by all bidders. Failure to comply shall not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility or be used as a basis for additional
compensation due to omission of drawings.
CHECKING DOCUMENTS:
The drawings and the specifications are numbered consecutively.
The Contractor shall check the drawings and specifications
thoroughly and shall notify the Architect of any discrepancies or
omissions of sheets or pages. Upon notification, the Architect
will promptly provide the Contractor with any missing portions of
the drawings or specifications. No discrepancies or omissions of
sheets or pages of the contract documents will relieve the
Contractor of his duty to provide all work required by the
complete contract documents.
GENERAL:
In general, the lines to be installed by the various trades under
these specifications shall be run as indicated, as specified
herein, as required by particular conditions at the site, and as
required to conform to the generally accepted standards as to
complete the work in a neat and satisfactorily workable manner.
The Contractor shall thoroughly acquaint himself with the details
of the construction and finishes before submitting his bid as no
allowances will be made because of the Contractor's unfamiliarity
with these details.
The plans do not give exact details as to elevations, exact
locations, etc., and do not show all the offsets, control lines,
pilot lines and other installation details. The Contractor shall
carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the
architectural and structural conditions, to provide proper grading
of lines, to avoid all obstruction, to conform to details of
installation supplied by the manufacturers of the equipment to be
installed, and thereby to provide an integrated, satisfactorily
operating installation.
The Contractor shall distinctly understand that the work described
herein and shown on the accompanying drawings shall result in a
99052 15000 - 1
finished and working job, and any item required to accomplish this
intent shall be included whether specifically mentioned or not.
DIMENSIONS:
Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor
shall verify all dimensions, including elevations, and shall be
responsible for the correctness of the same. No extra charge or
compensation will be allowed on account of differences between
actual dimensions and measurements indicated on the drawings.
INSPECTION OF SITE:
The accompanying plans do not indicate completely the existing
installations. The bidders for the work under these sections of
the specifications shall inspect the existing installations and
thoroughly acquaint themselves with conditions to be met and the
work to be accomplished in removing and modifying the existing
work, and in installing the new work. Failure to comply with this
shall not constitute grounds for any additional payments in
connection with removing or modifying any part of the existing
installations and/or installing any new work.
PROGRESS OF WORK:
The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed as to the
progress of the work and do his work at the proper time without
waiting for notification from the Architect or Owner.
MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS:
All manufactured articles shall be applied, installed and handled
as recommended by the manufacturer.
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP:
Wherever the make of material or apparatus required is not
definitely specified, the Contractor shall submit a sample to the
Architect before proceeding.
The Architect reserves the right to call for samples of any item
of material offered in substitution.
The Contractor shall be responsible for transportation of his
materials to and on the job, and shall be responsible for the
storage and protection of these materials and work until the final
acceptance of the job.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary scaffolding, tackle,
tools and appurtenances of all kinds, and all labor required for
the safe and expeditious execution of his contract.
The workmanship shall in all respects be of the highest grade and
all construction shall be done according to the best practice of
the trade.
15000 - 2
ISUBSTITUTION OF MATERIAL:
Where a definite material or only one manufacturer's name is
mentioned in these specifications, it has been done in order to
establish a standard. No substitution shall be made without
review by the Architect, who will be the sole judge of equality.
Should a substitution be accepted under the provisions of the
conditions of these specifications, and should this substitute
prove to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory for the service
for which it is intended within the guarantee period, the
Contractor shall replace the substitute material with the
specified material.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Architect for general
compliance with the design concept of the project and general
compliance with the information given in the contract documents.
Review by the Architect and any action by the Architect in marking
shop drawings is subject to the requirements of the entire
contract documents. Contractor will be held responsible for
quantities, dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at
the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of
construction, coordination of all trades and the satisfactory
performance of his work.
PERMITS, FEES, ETC:
The Contractor under each section of these specifications shall
arrange for a permit from the local authority. The Contractor
shall pay for any inspection fees or other fees and charges
required by ordinance, law, codes and these specifications.
TESTING:
The Contractor under each division shall at his own expense
perform the various tests as specified and required by the
Architect and as required by the State and local authorities.
LAWS, CODES AND ORDINANCES:
All work shall be executed in strict accordance with all local,
state and national codes, ordinances and regulations governing the
particular class of work involved, as interpreted by the
inspecting authority.
COORDINATION OF TRADES:
The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving all coordination
required between trades.
All items shall be installed tight, plumb, level, square and
symmetrically placed in relation to the work of other trades.
99052 15000 - 3
CUTTING AND PATCHING:
The Contractor for work specified under each section shall perform
all structural and general construction modifications and cut all
openings through either roof, walls, floors or ceilings required
to install all work specified under that section or to repair any
defects that appear up to the expiration of the guarantee. All of
this cutting shall be done under the supervision of the Architect
and the Contractor shall exercise due diligence to avoid cutting
openings larger than required or in wrong locations. Verify the
scope of this work at the site and in cooperation with all other
trades before bidding.
No cutting shall be done to any of the structural members that
would tend to lessen their strength, unless specific permission is
granted by the Architect to do such cutting.
The Contractor for work under each section shall be responsible
for the patching of all openings cut to install the work covered
by that section and to repair the damage resulting from the
failure of any part of the work installed hereunder.
Before bidding, the Contractor shall review and coordinate the
cutting and patching required under the respective section with
all trades. All cutting and patching shall be done by workmen
skilled in the affected trade.
PAINTING:
If the factory finish on any apparatus or equipment is marred, it
shall be touched up and then given one coat of half flat half
enamel, followed by a coat of machinery enamel of a color to match
the original. Paint factory primed surfaces.
Paint all exposed pipe, conduit, boxes, cabinets, hangers and
supports and miscellaneous metal.
Generally, painting is required on •all surfaces such that no
exposed bare metal or insulation surface is visible.
SEALING:
The Contractor installing pipes, conduits, etc., shall seal all
spaces between pipes and/or sleeves where they pierce walls,
partitions or floors. The packing shall effect a complete
waterproof seal where pipes pierce walls, floors or partitions.
RELOCATION OF EXISTING INSTALLATIONS:
Each bidder shall relocate those portions of the remaining present
installations which must be relocated to avoid interferences with
the installations of new work of his particular trade and that of
all other trades.
99052 15000 - 4
EXISTING LINES:
Special care and precaution shall be used where existing lines are
to be opened.
SALVAGE MATERIALS:
All presently installed materials including pipes, valves,
fittings, fixtures, conduits, wires, wiring devices, etc. that are
not to be reused shall be removed by the Contractor under the
section in which the particular items normally fall whenever they
can be taken out of service. When the work is complete, there
shall be no "dead" lines left installed in any portion of the area
being remodeled, which shall include any temporary connections.
All items or materials removed from the project shall be made
available for the Owner's inspection. The Owner retains the
option to claim any item or material. Contractor shall deliver
any claimed item or material in good condition to the place
designated by the Owner. All item not claimed become the property
of the contractor and shall be removed from the site.
INSTALLATION DRAWINGS:
It shall be incumbent upon the Contractor to prepare special
drawings as called for elsewhere herein or as directed by the
Architect to coordinate the work under each section, to illustrate
changes in his work, to facilitate its concealment in finished
spaces to avoid obstructions or to illustrate the adaptability of
any item of equipment which he proposes to use.
These drawings shall be used in the field for the actual
installation of the work. Unless otherwise directed, they shall
not be submitted for approval but three copies shall be provided
to the Architect for his information.
EXCAVATION:
Perform all excavation work required in connection with the
installation of the work under this Division. After the work has
been installed, tested and approved, backfill all excavations with
suitable material under the direction of the Architect. Include
the cutting of decks and other pavement and repairing the openings
in them to return to the surface to approximately its original
condition.
Perform all excavations of every description of whatever
substances encountered and to the depths required for installation
of the work under this Division.
During excavation, stack material suitable for backfilling in an
orderly manner a sufficient distance from the banks of the
trenches to prevent slides or cave-ins. Remove all excavated
material not required or suitable for backfill, or waste as
directed. Control grading to prevent surface water from flowing
99052 15000 - 5
into excavations and remove any water accumulating therein by ,
pumping.
Use open cut grading and make trenches of the necessary width for
proper installation of the lines with banks as nearly vertical as
possible.
Grade the bottom of trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing
and support for pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its
entire length.
Take care not to excavate below the depths required. Whenever wet
or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly
supporting pipe is encountered in the trench bottom, remove such
soil to a depth required and backfill the trench to trench bottom
grade with 3/4 inch crushed rock or coarse gravel or other
suitable material.
BACKFILLING:
Carefully backfill trenches with sand free from large clods of
earth or stone, deposited in 6-inch layers. Do not use blasted
rock, broken concrete or pavement, or large boulders as
backfilling material. Settling the backfill with water will be
permissible and will be a requirement when so directed.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
The Contractor for each section of the work hereunder shall, in
cooperation with the representatives of the manufacturers of the
various equipment items, carefully instruct the Owner's
representatives in the proper operation of each item of equipment
and of each system. During the balancing and adjusting of
systems, the Owner's representative shall be made familiar with
all procedures.
GUARANTEE:
Unless a longer period is specified elsewhere, the contractor
shall guarantee all workmanship and materials for a period of one
year from date of final acceptance.
COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:
Before acceptance and final payment the Contractor under each
Division of the specifications shall furnish:
Accurate "as built" drawings, shown in red ink on blue line prints
furnished for that purpose all changes from the original plans
made during installation of the work. Drawings shall be filed
with the Architect when the work is completed.
99052 15000 - 6
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINAL INSPECTION:
Before calling for the final inspection, the Contractor under each
Division shall carefully inspect his work to be sure it is
complete and according to plans and specifications.
END OF SECTION 15000
99052 15000 - 7
SECTION 15100 - PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
NOTE:
Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions,
Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental
Conditions.
'u
Submit manufacturer's data on all materials.
SCOPE:
This section of the specifications requires the furnishing and
installation of all equipment, labor, materials, transportation,
tools and appliances and in performing all operations in
connection with the installation of the plumbing systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS:
Interior Sanitary Soil, Waste and Drain Lines: PVC-DWV Plastic
pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM D-2665-68, assembled with
solvent cement conforming to ASTM D-2564-67.
Sanitary Vent Lines: PVC-DWV Plastic pipe and fittings
conforming to ASTM D-2665-68, assembled with solvent cement
conforming to ASTM D-2564-67.
Domestic Water Lines: All water lines underground or under slabs
on grade shall be of Type K hard drawn copper tubing. All
interior water lines shall be Type L hard drawn copper tubing.
Where connections are made between copper tubing and cast iron
pipe, use adapters. Copper tubing shall be assembled using
solder -joint fittings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS:
Drain Lines and Sanitary Waste: Grade down at a uniform slope of
1/4" per foot to serve individual fixtures or not less than 1/8"
per foot to serve multiple stacks or outlets. Slope shall be
greater where possible and shall never be less than required to
produce a flow velocity of 2 feet per second.
FABRICATION OF PIPE JOINTS:
Push -On Pipe: The inside of the bell and the outside of the
spigot shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit excess
99052 15100 - 1
coating and other foreign matter. Pipe that is not furnished with
a depth mark shall be marked before assembly to assure that the
spigot end is inserted to the full depth of the joint. Complete
assembly instructions from the pipe manufacturer shall be
followed.
Threaded Pipes: Ream and deburr pipe after it is out and before
it is threaded. Stand each pipe on one end and hammer to remove
all foreign material. Full cut threads, but not more than 3 pipe
threads shall remain exposed when joint is completed. Make up
joints with graphite and oil or an approved graphite compound
applied to male threads only. Caulking of threaded joints to stop
or prevent leaks is prohibited.
Copper Tubing: Cut tubing square and deburr. Clean insides of
fittings and outsides of tubing with sand cloth before assembly.
Exercise care to prevent annealing of fittings and had drawn
tubing. Make all joints with solid string or wire solder, using
non -corrosive paste flux of the proper type for each application.
No cored solder will be permitted. Use 95-5 solder for all
copper tubing, 95% tin, 5% antimony, except for drain and domestic
water which may be 50% lead, 50% tin.
Solvent Weld Plastic Joints: Solvent welded according to
manufacturers instructions.
REPAIR OF LEAKS:
All leaks in piping systems shall be corrected as follows:
1. Repair leaks in solder joints by remaking the joint; no
soldering or brazing over existing joints will be permitted.
2. Repair leaks in screwed joints by tightening the joint; remake
the joint if the tightening fails to stop the leak.
3. Leaks in caulked joints may be stopped by additional caulking
of the joint; but if that fails, remake the joint.
When any defect is repaired, retest that section of the system.
TESTING:
Test all pipes before they are concealed in furrings or chases,
insulated, painted, or otherwise covered up or rendered
inaccessible. Accomplish testing by sections of lines or systems,
as required by conditions during construction. Clean all piping
and equipment before testing.
Domestic Water Lines: Test for 24 hours at 200 psig. There shall
be no leaks whatsoever. r
3
i
Soil, Waste and Vent Lines: Drainage and venting system piping
shall be tested with water under pressure of 8 ft. head before the
fixtures are installed. No leaks are allowed.
99052 15100 - 2
Other Tests: Perform all tests required to demonstrate that each
system is operating properly.
Tl T lT T TT T�T� l'T TIT TT /_
After cleaning, flushing and testing, the Contractor shall furnish
all labor, equipment and materials necessary for the disinfection
of all domestic pipe lines. Disinfect for 24 hours with 50 PPM of
chlorine. All treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the
lines until the replacement water in the lines has a chlorine
residual of not more than 0.2 parts per million.
END OF SECTION 15100
99052 15100 - 3
SECTION 15200 - POOL FILTRATION AND CIRCULATION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
NOTE:
Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions,
Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental
Conditions.
SUBMITTALS:
Submit manufacturer's data on all materials.
SCOPE:
This section of the specifications requires the furnishing and
installation of all equipment, labor, materials, transportation,
tools and appliances and in performing all operations in
connection with adding and modifying the pool filtration and
circulation systems.
All supply, return and waste piping serving pool shall be new
where shown.
Modify and recoat surge tank to like new construction.
Replace recirculation pump and motor.
Flush, sterilize and balance system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PIPING:
Circulating water piping above ground shall be Schedule 80 PVC
plastic piping with 125 pound flanges at butterfly valves. In -
line joints may be solvent welded.
Supply mains underground shall be AWWA C-900 PVC plastic pipe and
fittings with elastomeric joints, class 150, SDR 17 minimum. It
shall be installed with thrust blocks in accordance with NFPA 24.
Pipe smaller than 4" in diameter and runouts to nozzles shall be
schedule 80 PVC plastic with solvent weld fittings.
All pipe existing connections on each tank shall be checked for
leaks and repaired if necessary.
Auxiliary piping shall be schedule 40 PVC plastic.
All piping shall be tested for 4 hours at 75 PSIG.
99052 15200 - 1
VALVES:
Butterfly valves shall be provided of the 125 to 150 lb. type with
a Meehanite iron body, non -corrosive disc, No. 316 stainless steel
stem, and Buna N seat for "between flange" mounting.
Ball valves shall be Cabot CPVC plastic, or equal.
WATER CIRCULATING PUMP:
Pump shall be as indicated in the schedule on the drawings. Each
shall be of the type, rotational speed, and have the flow rate and
characteristics listed. The name and model number listed for each
pump establishes a standard which the pump furnished must equal to
exceed.
Pump casings and glands shall be suitable for operation under 150
psig static heads.
Rotational speeds shall not exceed those scheduled. Under no
circumstances shall be a pump be offered with an impeller radius
greater than 90% of the distance from the shaft centerline to the
cutoff in the casing, except in the case of in -line circulators.
The head capacities are listed for bidding purposes only.
The
Contractor shall carefully calculate the head of each pump, taking
into consideration the pressure drops in all equipment,
exact
lengths of pipe, valves, fittings, etc. These calculations
shall
take into account actual routing of the piping and all
other
A
factors that would determine the actual pumping head of
each
system, and shall form the basis of final pump selection.
Motors shall be constant speed, drip proof motors, and shall
be so
sized with relation to the pump impeller that the required
brake
horsepower will not exceed the rated motor horsepower at any
point
on the pump curve. Copies of manufacturer's performance
curve
shall be submitted as shop drawings on each pump. Each
curve
shall be clearly marked to indicate the diameter of the impeller
and the selection point. All pump motors shall have 1.15 service
factor.
All pumps shall have gauge tappings.
Pump baseplates shall be of cast iron or welded structural steel
shapes, and shall have a raised lip and threaded drain connection.
All pumps shall be factory enameled.
RECIRCULATION PUMP AND MOTOR:
1. Construction: Cast iron casing with double suction bronze
impeller, horizontal split case with flanged inlet and outlet.
2. Shaft: Carbon steel with bronze sleeves. Provide with
stuffing boxes with split glands.
99052 15200 - 2
3. Base: Extended cast iron with drain connection.
4. Service: Pump shall be completely serviceable without
disturbing piping connections.
5. Motor shall be NEMA frame factory aligned and keyed.
COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION:
At the end of the installation and before acceptance by Owner, the
contractor shall do or furnish the following:
1. Fill pool to gutters, start up filtering and water treating
equipment, and monitor all equipment periodically until water
clears up to the point that a half dollar coin (U.S. money)
can be seen in the bottom of the deep end. All corrections
will be made as required to place the filtering system and
pool facilities in satisfactory condition before substantial
completion of the pool facilities is declared. The Owner will
furnish water to fill the pool and chemicals as required.
2. Complete operational procedure for equipment and systems,
i.e., "To put systems into operation, the following steps and
-precautions shall be taken: These procedures
shall be submitted to Architect for approval and shall be
mounted under glass in the equipment rooms. These are to
include complete control diagrams and sequencing, along with
operating manuals, catalogue data and other useful operating
information.
3. An authorized Contractor's representative shall be assigned to
the project for start-up and instruction of the Owner's
personnel for a period of not less than two working days.
END OF SECTION 15200
99052
15200 - 3
SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL - POOL BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
NOTE:
Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions,
Special Conditions, General Requirements, and Supplemental
Conditions.
SUBMITTALS:
Submit manufacturer's data on all materials.
SCOPE:
Furnish and install the pool bonding systems outlined herein in
accordance with the National Electrical Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Products for grounding systems are specified elsewhere herein.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
GROUNDING CONNECTIONS:
Grounding connectors shall be equal to Burndy Hyground
compression grounding connectors to make permanent grounding
connections for direct burial, embedded in concrete, or above
grade applications.
Compression connectors shall be made of pure, wrought copper,
meeting ASTM B187. Cast connectors shall be made of copper base
alloy according to ASTM B30.
All connectors must be of heavy duty design and must be
equivalent in current carrying capacity to the maximum size
copper conductors being joined while maintaining high mechanical
strength and electrical integrity. Terminals and splices may
accommodate only one conductor size. All other connectors must be
range taking. All connectors must be designed to provide high
integrity connections. Connectors must be pre -filled with a
corrosion inhibiting compound which is compatible with the
conductors being joined.
Connectors must be clearly and permanently marked with the
information listed below.
1. Catalog number.
2. Conductors accommodated.
3. Installation die index number or die catalog number as
required.
4. Underwriters Laboratories "Listing Mark."
99052 16000 - 1
5. The words "Suitable for Direct Burial" or, where space is
limited, "Direct Burial" or "Burial" per UL Standard
ANSI/UL467 (latest revision).
Installation of connectors shall be made in accordance with the
connector manufacturer's recommendations. These should include;
cable preparation if required, installation tools and dies, and
the required number of crimps. Connectors must be installable
under all types of weather conditions. Connectors must be
installable without the use of hazardous materials.
Compression die index number must be permanently marked on
connectors during crimping so that use of the correct crimping
dies can be verified. Closed barrel connectors must have
inspection holes at the appropriate location to verify proper
cable insertion.
All connectors must meet the requirements of IEE Std. 837 "IEEE
Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding." All connectors must be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories for direct burial in earth or embedment in concrete
applications according to ANSI/UL467, "Standard for Grounding and
Bonding Equipment."
SWIMMING POOL BONDING:
Metallic materials in or around the pool shall be bonded to a
common bonding grid as described in NEC Article 680-22. ()
The common bonding grid shall be the structural reinforcing steel
of a concrete pool or the walls of a bolted or welded metal pool.
Bonding shall be means of a #8 solid, bare copper conductor
attached with the grounding connectors specified herein.
The following parts shall be bonded to the common bonding grid: `�'
1. All metallic parts of the pool structure, including the
reinforcing metal of the pool shell, coping stones, and deck.
2. Reinforcing steel of the pool and deck shall be considered
bonded together if tightly secured with steel tie wires.
3. All metal fittings within or attached to the pool structure.
4. Isolated metal parts that are not over 4 inches in any
dimensions and do not penetrate into the pool structure more
than 1 inch do not require bonding.
5. Metal parts of electric equipment associated with the pool
water circulating system, including pump motors.
6. Raceways, metal piping and all fixed metal parts that are
within 5 feet horizontally of the inside walls of the pool
and within 12 feet above the maximum water level of the pool.
99052 16000 - 2
7. Metal parts of observation stands, towers, platforms, and
diving structures.
END OF SECTION 16000
99052